10-K 1 y93714e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number: 1-4219
 
Harbinger Group Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  74-1339132
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY
(Address of principal executive offices)
  10022
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code (212) 906-8555
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o  or  No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o  or  No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ  or  No o.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ  or  No o.
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
                         (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o  or  No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, April 3, 2011, was approximately $49.4 million. For the sole purpose of making this calculation, the term “non-affiliate” has been interpreted to exclude directors, corporate officers and persons affiliated with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC.
 
As of December 7, 2011, the registrant had outstanding 139,346,119 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value.
 
Documents Incorporated By Reference: The information required by Part III of this Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein or by amendment, is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A on or prior to January 30, 2012.
 


Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page
 
  Business     8  
  Risk Factors     40  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     81  
  Properties     81  
  Legal Proceedings     82  
  (Removed and Reserved)     82  
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     83  
  Selected Financial Data     84  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     87  
      Introduction     87  
      Overview     87  
      Fiscal 2011 Events     87  
      Consumer Products Segment Overview     89  
      Insurance Segment Overview     90  
      Results of Operations     91  
      Liquidity and Capital Resources     103  
      Preferred Stock     114  
      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements     114  
      Contractual Obligations     114  
      Seasonality     115  
      Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted     116  
      Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates     116  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     123  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     127  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     127  
  Controls and Procedures     128  
  Other Information     129  
 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     130  
  Executive Compensation     130  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     130  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     130  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     130  


2


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Unless otherwise indicated in this disclosure or the context requires otherwise, in this disclosure, references to the “Company,” “HGI,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to Harbinger Group Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; “Harbinger Capital” refers to Harbinger Capital Partners LLC; “Principal Stockholders” refers, collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”), Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.; “Russell Hobbs” refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; “Spectrum Brands” refers to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; “SBI” refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; “HFG” refers to Harbinger F&G, LLC (formerly Harbinger OM, LLC); “FS Holdco” refers to FS Holdco Ltd.; “Front Street” refers to Front Street Re Ltd; “FGL” refers to Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (formerly, Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.) and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; “Raven Re” refers to Raven Reinsurance Company ; “FGL Insurance” refers to Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company; and “FGL NY Insurance” refers to Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995.
 
We have made forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the management of our subsidiaries. Generally, forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future actions, events or results of operations of our company. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the timetable for, completing the integration of financial reporting of Spectrum Brands’ and FGL’s financial reporting with ours, completing future acquisitions and dispositions, completing the Front Street reinsurance transaction, litigation, potential and contingent liabilities, management’s plans, business portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
 
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “could,” “might,” or “continue” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology.
 
We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for all forward-looking statements.
 
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in Item 1A of Part I of this report, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.
 
HGI
 
HGI’s actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
 
•  limitations on our ability to successfully identify additional suitable acquisition and investment opportunities and to compete for these opportunities with others who have greater resources;
 
•  the need to provide sufficient capital to our operating businesses;
 
•  our dependence on distributions from our subsidiaries to fund our operations and payments on our debt;
 
•  the impact of covenants in the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2011, and supplemented by the supplemental indenture, dated June 22, 2011 and the second supplemental indenture, dated June 28, 2011, (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), governing our $500 million 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “10.625% Notes”) and our preferred stock certificates of designation (together, the “Certificate of Designation”), and future financing agreements, on our ability to operate our business and finance our pursuit of additional acquisition opportunities;


4


Table of Contents

 
•  the impact on our business and financial condition of our substantial indebtedness and the significant additional indebtedness and other financing obligations we and our subsidiaries may incur;
 
•  The impact on the holders of our common stock if we issue additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock.
 
•  the impact on the aggregate value of our assets and our stock price from changes in the market prices of publicly traded equity interests we hold, particularly during times of volatility in security prices;
 
•  the impact of additional material charges associated with our oversight of acquired companies and the integration of our financial reporting;
 
•  the impact of restrictive stockholder agreements and securities laws on our ability to dispose of equity interests we hold;
 
•  the controlling effect of our principal stockholders whose interests may conflict with interests of our other stockholders and holders of the 10.625% Notes;
 
•  the effect interests of our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have in certain transactions in which we are involved;
 
•  our dependence on certain key personnel;
 
•  the impact of potential losses and other risks from changes in our investment portfolio;
 
•  our ability to effectively increase the size of our organization and manage our growth;
 
•  the impact of a determination that we are an investment company or personal holding company;
 
•  the impact of future claims arising from operations, agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries;
 
•  the impact of expending significant resources in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated;
 
•  tax consequences associated with our acquisition, holding and disposition of target companies and assets;
 
•  the impact of delays or difficulty in satisfying the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or negative reports concerning our internal controls;
 
•  The impact of the relatively low market liquidity for our common stock; and
 
•  The effect of price fluctuations in our common stock caused by general market and economic conditions and a variety of other factors, including factors that affect the volatility of the common stock of any of our publicly held subsidiaries.
 
Spectrum Brands
 
Spectrum Brands’ actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
 
•  the impact of Spectrum Brands’ substantial indebtedness on its business, financial condition and results of operations;
 
•  the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
 
•  any failure to comply with financial covenants and other provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands’ debt instruments;
 
•  Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully integrate the business acquired in connection with the combination with Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that integration at the expected costs;


5


Table of Contents

 
•  the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed restructuring activities;
 
•  the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available from suppliers, including suppliers’ willingness to advance credit;
 
•  interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
 
•  the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a significant retail customer(s);
 
•  competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or price reductions by competitors;
 
•  the introduction of new product features or technological developments by competitors and/or the development of new competitors or competitive brands;
 
•  the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation, recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where Spectrum Brands does business;
 
•  changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum Brands’ products;
 
•  Spectrum Brands’ ability to develop and successfully introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
 
•  Spectrum Brands’ ability to successfully implement, achieve and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
 
•  the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental, public health and consumer protection regulations);
 
•  public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands’ products, including the potential for environmental liabilities, product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
 
•  the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
 
•  changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum Brands’ business;
 
•  government regulations;
 
•  the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ products;
 
•  the effects of climate change and unusual weather activity; and
 
•  the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
 
FGL and Front Street
 
FGL’s and Front Street’s actual results or other outcomes may differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained or incorporated herein due to a variety of important factors, including, without limitation, the following:
 
•  FGL’s insurance subsidiaries’ ability to maintain and improve their financial strength ratings;
 
•  HFG’s and its insurance subsidiaries’ need for additional capital in order to maintain the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain their financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements and obligations;
 
•  FGL’s ability to manage its business in a highly regulated industry, which is subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations;
 
•  availability of reinsurance and credit risk associated with reinsurance;


6


Table of Contents

 
•  the accuracy of FGL’s assumptions and estimates regarding future events and ability to respond effectively to such events, including mortality, persistency, expenses and interest rates, tax liability, business mix, frequency of claims, contingent liabilities, investment performance, and other factors related to its business and anticipated results;
 
•  FGL’s ability to secure alternative solutions to offset the higher reserves associated with Regulation XXX, Guideline AXXX and the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method (known as CARVM) — sometimes referred to in the insurance industry as redundant reserves — such as by obtaining reinsurance with unaffiliated, third party reinsurers;
 
•  the impact of interest rate fluctuations on FGL;
 
•  the availability of credit or other financings and the impact of equity and credit market volatility and disruptions on FGL;
 
•  changes in the federal income tax laws and regulations which may affect the relative income tax advantages of FGL’s products;
 
•  FGL’s ability to defend itself against litigation (including class action litigation) and respond to enforcement investigations or regulatory scrutiny;
 
•  the performance of third parties including distributors and technology service providers, and providers of outsourced services;
 
•  the impact of new accounting rules or changes to existing accounting rules on FGL;
 
•  FGL’s ability to protect its intellectual property;
 
•  general economic conditions and other factors, including prevailing interest and unemployment rate levels and stock and credit market performance which may affect (among other things) FGL’s ability to sell its products, its ability to access capital resources and the costs associated therewith, the fair value of its investments, which could result in impairments and other-than-temporary impairments, and certain liabilities, and the lapse rate and profitability of policies;
 
•  regulatory changes or actions, including those relating to regulation of financial services affecting (among other things) underwriting of insurance products and regulation of the sale, underwriting and pricing of products and minimum capitalization and statutory reserve requirements for insurance companies;
 
•  the impact of man-made catastrophes, pandemics, computer virus, network security branches and malicious and terrorist acts on FGL;
 
•  FGL’s ability to compete in a highly competitive industry;
 
•  Front Street’s ability to effectively implement its business strategy, including the need for capital and its ability to expand its operations; and
 
•  ability to obtain approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration (“MIA”) for the Front Street reinsurance transaction.
 
We caution the reader that undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document. We do not undertake any duty or responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect actual outcomes.


7


Table of Contents

Item 1.   Business
 
Our Company
 
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Principal Stockholders. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999 under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “HRG.” Our principal executive offices are located at 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
 
We intend to acquire controlling interests in companies that we consider to be undervalued or fairly valued with attractive assets or businesses and to grow acquired businesses. We intend to make acquisitions that are able to generate high returns and significant cash flow to maximize long-term value for our stockholders. We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in companies that operate across a diversified set of industries and growing our existing businesses. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition (see “The Spectrum Brands Acquisition,” below) and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (see “The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,” below) as the first steps in the implementation of that strategy. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to primarily pursue acquisition opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources. We may also make acquisitions in other sectors as well. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling equity interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments and acquire minority equity interests in companies and expand our existing operating businesses. While we search for additional acquisition opportunities, we manage a portion of our available cash and acquire interests in possible acquisition targets through our wholly-owned subsidiary HGI Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
Philip Falcone, who serves as Chairman of our board of directors (the “Board”) and Chief Executive Officer, has been the Chief Investment Officer of the Harbinger Capital affiliated funds since 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations.
 
Our Strategy
 
The key elements of our business strategy will include the following:
 
Seek to acquire attractively valued assets.  We intend to acquire companies that we consider to be undervalued or fairly valued with attractive assets or businesses. We intend to take a long-term view and seek opportunities that are able to generate high returns and significant cash flow to maximize long-term value for our stockholders. We plan to utilize our relationship with Harbinger Capital to identify and evaluate acquisition opportunities. We intend to seek a variety of acquisition opportunities, including companies where we believe a catalyst for value realization is already present or where we can engage with companies to unlock value. We also intend to seek companies that are in default, bankruptcy or in some other stage of financial failure or distress. Over time, we plan to become a holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling equity interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments and acquire minority equity interests in companies.
 
Actively manage our business.  We intend to take an active approach to managing the companies in which we acquire a controlling interest. Such activities may include assembling senior management teams with the expertise to operate the businesses, providing management of such companies with specific operating objectives, acquiring or combining complimentary businesses or expanding existing operations. We will bring an owner’s perspective to our operating businesses and we will hold management accountable for their performance.
 
Focused investment philosophy.  We intend to seek out opportunities that may exhibit one or more of the following underlying characteristics:
 
•  Scarcity — Situations with finite resources where we believe we can clearly quantify and impact supply/demand dynamics;
 
•  Complexity — Government, legal and regulatory controls can be onerous; we believe our ability to navigate this complexity provides us with a substantial advantage; and


8


Table of Contents

 
•  Action — We believe our ability to actively engage with companies and work with them to encourage consolidation, restructuring or other corporate action creates a catalyst to unlock value.
 
Our Competition
 
We believe that our access to the public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities with whom we compete to acquire certain target businesses on favorable terms. We may pay acquisition consideration in the form of cash, our debt or equity securities, or a combination thereof. In addition, as a part of our acquisition strategy we may consider raising additional capital through the issuance of equity or debt securities. While we generally focus our attention in the United States, we may investigate acquisition opportunities outside of the United States when we believe that such opportunities might be attractive.
 
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private equity groups and special purpose acquisition corporations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial resources may be relatively limited when contrasted with many of these competitors. Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.
 
The Principal Stockholders and their affiliates include other vehicles that actively are seeking acquisition opportunities, and any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and officers who are affiliated with the Principal Stockholders may consider, among other things, asset type and investment time horizon in evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of the potential conflicts that these persons and our other directors may have with respect to corporate opportunities, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors from time to time to assert or renounce our interests and expectancies in one or more specific industries. In accordance with this provision, we have determined that we will not seek business combinations or acquisitions of businesses engaged in the wireless communications industry. However, a renunciation of interests and expectancies in specific industries does not preclude us from seeking business acquisitions in those industries. We have had discussions regarding potential acquisitions in various industries, including wireless communications.
 
Employees
 
At September 30, 2011, HGI employed nine persons. In the normal course of business, we use contract personnel to supplement our employee base to meet business needs. We believe that employee relations are generally satisfactory. We expect to hire additional employees given our recent acquisitions and anticipated future acquisitions and the increasing complexity of the business and are considering adding additional full-time employees, including certain current employees of Harbinger Capital. At September 30, 2011, our subsidiaries employed approximately 6,000 persons.
 
Certain Significant Transactions
 
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition
 
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands completed the merger by and among Spectrum Brands, Russell Hobbs, SBI, Battery Merger Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the “SB/RH Merger”). As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs became a wholly owned subsidiary of SBI, SBI became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands and the stockholders of SBI immediately prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of Spectrum Brands common stock in exchange for their shares of SBI common stock. Immediately prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Principal Stockholders owned approximately 41% of the outstanding shares of SBI common stock and 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of SBI (other than the Principal Stockholders) owned approximately 35% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and the Principal Stockholders owned approximately 65% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. In connection with the consummation of the SB/RH Merger, the SBI common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “SPB”.


9


Table of Contents

On January 7, 2011, we completed our acquisition of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands (the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”). As a result, the Principal Stockholders contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum Brands common stock, (or approximately 54.5% of the then outstanding Spectrum Brands common stock, as of such date) to us in exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands common stock ($27.36) on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010 (the day we received the Principal Stockholders’ proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition). After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Principal Stockholders owned a majority of our then issued and outstanding shares of common stock.
 
In connection with the SB/RH Merger, the Principal Stockholders, Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (the “Avenue Parties”), and Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”). Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we may demand that Spectrum Brands register all or a portion of our shares of Spectrum Brands common stock for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or a similar “long-form” registration or (ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 or a similar “short-form” registration. We also have “piggy back” rights to participate in registered offerings initiated by Spectrum Brands or certain other holders.
 
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we also became a party to a stockholder agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement”), by and among the Principal Stockholders and Spectrum Brands. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other things:
 
•  Spectrum Brands will maintain (i) a special nominating committee of its board of directors (the “Special Nominating Committee”) consisting of three Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) and (iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the rules of the NYSE (the “NYSE rules”);
 
•  for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the Principal Stockholders) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands’ outstanding voting securities, we will vote our shares of Spectrum Brands common stock to effect the structure of Spectrum Brands’ board of directors described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and to ensure that Spectrum Brands’ chief executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
 
•  neither Spectrum Brands nor any of its subsidiaries will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or our affiliates, including the Principal Stockholders;
 
•  we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands’ equity securities to any person that would result in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or more of Spectrum Brands’ outstanding voting securities (a “40% Stockholder”), unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, (ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of Spectrum Brands approved by Spectrum Brands’ board of directors and a majority of the members of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands’ board of directors and a majority of the Special Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less of Spectrum Brands’ outstanding voting securities;
 
•  we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our affiliates, including the Principal Stockholders, own, in the aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands’ voting securities; and
 
•  we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands’ information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands’ voting securities.
 
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement also provided that we would not, and we will not permit any of our affiliates, including the Principal Stockholders, to make any public announcement with respect to, or


10


Table of Contents

submit a proposal for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement) of Spectrum Brands unless such action is specifically requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum Brands with the approval of a majority of the members of the Special Nominating Committee. This limitation terminated on June 16, 2011. The other provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement (other than with respect to information and investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and our affiliates (including the Principal Stockholders) no longer beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands’ voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns 90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands.
 
In addition, under Spectrum Brands’ certificate of incorporation, no 40% Stockholder shall, or shall permit any of its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such 40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such transaction satisfies certain requirements.
 
The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition
 
On March 7, 2011, we entered into a transfer agreement with the Master Fund, pursuant to which, on March 9, 2011, (i) we acquired from the Master Fund a 100% membership interest in HFG and (ii) the Master Fund transferred to HFG the sole issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco (collectively, the “Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition”). In consideration for the interests in FS Holdco and HFG, we agreed to reimburse the Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund (up to a maximum of $13.3 million) in connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and to submit certain expenses of the Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group (UK) Limited (“OM Group”) under the First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 17, 2011 (the “F&G Stock Purchase Agreement”), by and between HFG and OM Group. Following the consummation of the foregoing acquisitions, HFG became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, FS Holdco became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HFG and Front Street became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HFG.
 
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, HFG acquired from OM Group all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FGL and certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group, as lender, and FGL, as borrower, in consideration for $350 million. As described further herein, the $350 million purchase price may be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain regulatory approvals are not obtained. Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HFG and FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance became wholly-owned subsidiaries of FGL. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are our principal insurance companies.
 
The Reserve Facility and the CARVM Facility
 
Life insurance companies operating in the United States are required to calculate required reserves for life and annuity policies based on statutory principles. These methodologies are governed by “Regulation XXX” (applicable to term life insurance policies), “Guideline AXXX” (applicable to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees) and the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, known as “CARVM” (applicable to annuities). Under Regulation XXX, Guideline AXXX and CARVM, insurers are required to establish statutory reserves for such policies that many market participants believe are excessive.
 
Reserve Facility.  Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL Insurance and Old Mutual plc (“Old Mutual”) consummated a reserve funding transaction with Nomura Bank International plc and Nomura International plc (collectively, “Nomura”) for the financing of XXX/AXXX reserves associated with certain life insurance policies of FGL Insurance (the “Reserve Facility”). As required by the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, FGL Insurance replaced the Reserve Facility on October 17, 2011, eliminating any future financial obligations related to this facility, through the 100% coinsurance of the subject policies with Wilton Reassurance Company, a Minnesota insurance company (“Wilton Re”), as described below (see “Wilton Transaction”), and redeemed the Surplus Note, as described below (see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Debt Financing Activities — FGL”), paying accrued interest on the Surplus Note to HFG. Following the replacement of the Reserve Facility and the retirement of the Surplus Note, FGL has no future financial obligations related to the Reserve Facility and each of, HFG, Old Mutual and Nomura entered into an


11


Table of Contents

omnibus termination and release agreement, under which each party provided a full release, subject to certain exceptions, of its respective obligations under the Reserve Facility to the other parties as of October 17, 2011.
 
The CARVM Facility.  Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, OM Group is required to support certain annuity reserves through letters of credit or other financing sponsored by OM Group (the “CARVM Facility”) to enable FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for certain liabilities that were ceded to Old Mutual Reassurance (Ireland) Ltd., an affiliate of OM Group (“OM Re”). OM Group’s obligation to provide the CARVM Facility terminates upon the earliest of (i) replacement of the CARVM Facility by a facility or facilities that enable FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for all CARVM business (as described further below); (ii) December 31, 2015; and (iii) the occurrence of any transaction pursuant to which Harbinger Capital and its affiliates collectively cease to own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of at least 40% of the outstanding equity ownership or other economic interest in or voting securities or voting power of FGL Insurance or any parent company of FGL Insurance or cease to control FGL Insurance or any parent company of FGL Insurance (other than an initial public offering of FGL Insurance’s stock or any transaction conducted in connection with such offering) if, after the consummation of such transaction FGL Insurance would reasonably be expected to have a financial strengths rating by A.M. Best Company of below “A−”. To satisfy OM Group’s obligation to provide the CARVM Facility, these annuity liabilities remained reinsured under an existing reinsurance contract with OM Re (the “CARVM Treaty”).
 
HFG will be required to replace the CARVM Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31, 2015, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business covered under the CARVM Facility. In the event that the CARVM Facility is not replaced by that date, OM Group may foreclose on the shares of capital of FGL and FGL Insurance (the “Pledged Shares”), which were pledged to the OM Group by HFG and FGL to secure the obligation to replace the CARVM Facility and certain other obligations arising under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, and exercise other rights in relation thereto. See “— Other Agreements” below.
 
The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction
 
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, a Special Committee of the Board of the Company, comprised of independent directors under the rules of the NYSE (the “Special Committee”), unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) a reinsurance agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance (the “Reinsurance Agreement”), pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL Insurance and (ii) an investment management agreement to be entered into by Front Street and an affiliate of Harbinger Capital (the “Investment Management Agreement”), pursuant to which such Harbinger Capital affiliate would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant to a trust agreement (a “Trust Agreement”, and together with the Reinsurance Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Front Street Reinsurance Transaction”). On May 19, 2011, our Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
 
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the MIA. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are not approved by the MIA or are approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if a Harbinger Capital affiliate is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement were submitted as part of a Form D filing with the MIA on July 26, 2011.
 
Wilton Re Transaction
 
On January 26, 2011, HFG entered into an agreement (the “Commitment Agreement”) with Wilton Re U.S. Holdings, Inc. (“Wilton”), pursuant to which Wilton agreed to cause Wilton Re, its wholly owned subsidiary and a Minnesota insurance company, to enter into certain coinsurance arrangements with FGL Insurance following the closing of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. Pursuant to the Commitment Agreement, Wilton Re has reinsured a


12


Table of Contents

100% quota share of certain of FGL Insurance’s policies that are subject to redundant reserves under Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX, and that were reinsured under the Reserve Facility (the “Raven Block”), as well as another block of FGL Insurance’s in-force traditional, universal and interest sensitive life insurance policies (the “Camden Block”). Wilton Re’s coinsurance of the Raven Block was intended to mitigate the risk associated with HFG’s obligation to replace the Raven Re reserve facility by December 31, 2012 under the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
More specifically, on April 8, 2011, FGL Insurance ceded to Wilton Re on a coinsurance basis a 100% quota share of risks associated with the Camden Block and, in connection therewith, transferred assets to Wilton Re having an aggregate fair value of approximately $535 million, net of a ceding allowance. On October 17, 2011, FGL Insurance and Wilton Re completed a further reinsurance arrangement involving the recapture of business ceded to Raven Re by FGL Insurance and the re-cession of such business to Wilton Re. The cession to Wilton Re of risks related to the Raven Block was completed on October 17, 2011 (with an effective date of October 1, 2011) and, in connection therewith, FGL Insurance transferred cash and invested assets totaling approximately $595 million to Wilton Re. While Wilton Re had no liability with respect to the Raven Block prior to the effective date, at the closing the amount payable to Wilton Re was adjusted to reflect the economic performance for the Raven Block from and after January 1, 2011 through the effective date.
 
Wilton Re’s reinsurance of such FGL Insurance policies has not extinguished FGL Insurance’s liability with respect to such business because FGL Insurance remains directly liable to policyholders and is required to pay the full amount of its policy obligations in the event that Wilton Re fails to satisfy its obligations with respect to the reinsured business.
 
Other Agreements
 
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement includes customary mutual indemnification provisions relating to breaches of representations, warranties and covenants. Among other things, HFG agreed to indemnify OM Group for any losses arising out of the provision by OM Group of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility, in each case, including with respect to any obligation to post collateral, reimburse for a draw on a letter of credit or contribute capital, except to the extent such losses were caused by OM Group.
 
In connection with the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, HFG has entered into the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”). Pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, HFG and F&G Holdings have granted security interests in the Pledged Shares to OM Group in order to secure certain of HFG’s obligations arising under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, including its indemnity obligations and its obligations with respect to the replacement of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility, and its obligation to return to OM Group any collateral posted by OM Group in connection with the Reserve Facility or the CARVM Facility (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”). As described above, the Reserve Facility was replaced on October 17, 2011, eliminating the Secured Obligations associated with the Reserve Facility. In the event that HFG defaults or breaches any Secured Obligations related to the CARVM Facility, OM Group could foreclose upon the Pledged Shares. OM Group would also have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Shares, and at OM Group’s option, subject to regulatory approval of a change of control, cause the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group or a nominee, such that OM Group may thereafter exercise (i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to the Pledged Shares and (ii) any rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM Group were the sole owner thereof. Prior to causing the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group or a nominee, which would result in a change of control of FGL and/or FGL Insurance, OM Group or such nominee would be required to obtain the prior approval of the MIA, the New York Insurance Department and the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration for such change of control.
 
The Preferred Stock Issuance
 
On May 12, 2011, and August 1 and 4, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 400,000 shares of Preferred Stock to certain institutional investors (the “Preferred Stock Purchasers”) including CF Turul LLC, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC (the “Fortress Purchaser”), at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (the “Purchase Price”), resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to us of $400 million. The proceeds are being used for general corporate


13


Table of Contents

purposes, which may include acquisitions and other investments. Funding of the initial tranche occurred on May 13, 2011 (the “Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date”) and funding of the second tranche occurred on August 5, 2011. Of the 400,000 aggregate shares of Preferred Stock, 280,000 were issued in the first tranche and are referred to as our “Series A Preferred Stock” and 120,000 were issued in the second tranche and are referred to as our “Series A-2 Preferred Stock.”
 
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is initially convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $6.50, and each share of series A-2 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $7.00 per share, in each case, subject to adjustment (which are to be made on a weighted average basis) for dividends, certain distributions, stock splits, combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations, recapitalizations and similar events, as well as in connection with issuances of our common stock (and securities convertible or exercisable for our common stock) below such price (the “Conversion Price”). Until certain regulatory filings are made and approvals are obtained, Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.
 
The Preferred Stock will accrue a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8%. The Purchase Price of the Preferred Stock will accrete quarterly at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specified rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value. The Preferred Stock is also entitled to vote (subject to obtaining certain regulatory approvals if the conversion of such Preferred Stock would exceed a certain threshold), participate in cash and in-kind distributions to holders of our shares of common stock on an as converted basis.
 
On May 13, 2018, holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to cause us to redeem the Preferred Stock at the Purchase Price per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Each share of Preferred Stock that is not so redeemed will be automatically converted into shares of our common stock at the Conversion Price then in effect.
 
Upon a change of control (which is defined in the Certificate of Designation), holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to cause us to redeem their Preferred Stock at a price per share of Preferred Stock equal to the sum of 101% of the Purchase Price and any accrued and unpaid dividends, including accrued and unpaid cash and accreting dividends for the then current dividend period.
 
At any time after May 13, 2014, we may redeem the Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at a price per share equal to 150% of the Purchase Price plus accrued but unpaid dividends, subject to the holder’s right to convert prior to such redemption.
 
After May 13, 2014, we may force the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock if the thirty day volume weighted average price of shares of our common stock (“VWAP”) and the daily VWAP exceed 150% of the then applicable Conversion Price for at least twenty trading days out of the thirty trading day period used to calculate the thirty day VWAP. In the event of a forced conversion, the holders of Preferred Stock will have the ability to elect cash settlement in lieu of conversion if certain market liquidity thresholds for our common stock are not achieved. In addition, for so long as the Fortress Purchaser owns sufficient combined voting power (through ownership of Preferred and shares of our common stock) to entitle it to nominate directors to our Board or appoint observers (as described below) or exercise certain consent rights, our ability to force conversion of the Preferred Stock is limited such that after any such conversion the Fortress Purchaser will have the right to retain one share of Preferred Stock, enabling it to continue to exercise its right to nominate directors, appoint observers or exercise consent rights associated with the Preferred Stock, but such Preferred Stock will have no other rights or preferences. Once the Fortress Purchaser ceases to own sufficient combined voting power to exercise these rights, the retained share of Preferred Stock will be automatically cancelled.
 
In the event of our liquidation or wind up, the holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive per share the greater of (i) 150% of the Purchase Price, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and (ii) the value that would be received if the share of Preferred Stock were converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the liquidation or winding up.
 
Prior to May 13, 2016 with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, and prior to August 5, 2016 with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, certain Preferred Stock Purchasers will be entitled to participate, on a pro rata basis in accordance with their ownership percentage, determined on an as


14


Table of Contents

converted basis, in issuances of equity and equity linked securities by us. In addition, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, certain Preferred Stock Purchasers will be entitled to participate in issuances of preferred securities and in debt transactions.
 
Consent of the holders of Preferred Stock is required before any fundamental change can be made to the Preferred Stock, including changes to the terms of the Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation preference, dividend, or redemption rights. Consent of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock is required before, subject to certain exceptions, any material action may be taken with respect to the Preferred Stock, including issuing stock senior or pari passu to the Preferred Stock and incurring debt, or permitting a subsidiary to incur debt or selling assets or permitting a subsidiary to sell assets not otherwise permitted by the Indenture (or any replacement thereof). While the Fortress Purchaser continues to own at least 50% of the Preferred Stock purchased on the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date (either as Preferred Stock or shares of our common stock upon conversion), consent of the Fortress Purchaser is required before any action may be taken which requires approval by a majority of the holders of Preferred Stock or any action with respect to certain related party transactions between HGI and its affiliates.
 
Subject to certain approval from certain insurance regulatory authorities, so long as the Fortress Purchaser owns at least 50% of the Preferred Stock purchased on the Initial Preferred Stock Issue Date or 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock on an as converted basis, the Fortress Purchaser will have the right to appoint one director to our Board who will be entitled to be a member of any committee of our Board (except for any special committee formed to consider a related party transaction involving the Fortress Purchaser).
 
If the Fortress Purchaser does not appoint a director to our Board, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, the Fortress Purchaser has the right to appoint an observer to attend all meetings of our Board, any committee of our Board, and the board of any of our wholly owned subsidiaries on which it does not have a director. Upon a specified breach event (described below) the size of our Board will be increased by one or two directors, depending on whether the Fortress Purchaser has appointed a director to our Board prior to such breach. The Fortress Purchaser, or a majority of Preferred Stock Purchasers if the Fortress Purchaser at that time owns less than a threshold amount, in either shares of our common stock or Preferred Stock, will have the right to appoint one or two directors, reasonably acceptable to our Board.
 
Subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds, in the event that Mr. Falcone ceases to have principal responsibility for our investments for a period of more than 90 consecutive days, other than as a result of temporary disability, and the Fortress Purchaser does not approve our proposed business continuity plan (a “Director Addition Event”), the Fortress Purchaser may appoint such number of directors that, when the total number of directors appointed by the Fortress Purchaser is added to the number of independent directors, that number of directors is equal to the number of directors employed by or affiliated with us or Harbinger Capital.
 
Notwithstanding all of the foregoing, the Fortress Purchaser’s representation on our Board will always be less than or proportionate to its ownership of our securities and must otherwise comply with the rules of the NYSE and certain insurance regulatory authorities.
 
We are subject to additional restrictions under the Certificate of Designation, including that upon a specified breach event (such as an event of default under the Indenture, our failure to pay any dividends on the Preferred Stock for a period longer than 90 days, our failure to maintain a 1:1 ratio of cash and cash equivalents to fixed charges until March 31, 2012, our failure to perform certain covenants under the Certificate of Designation or the delisting of our shares of common stock) we will be prohibited from making certain restricted payments, incurring certain debt, and entering into certain agreements to purchase debt or equity interests in portfolio companies of Harbinger Capital or its affiliates (other than HGI) or to sell equity interests in portfolio companies of HGI to Harbinger Capital or its affiliates.
 
The holders of the Preferred Stock have certain registration rights pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, by and among us and the Preferred Stock Purchasers (the “Preferred Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Preferred Registration Rights Agreement, we filed a registration statement with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the Preferred Stock and are obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective until all of the shares of our common stock covered therein has been sold or may be sold without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Our registration statement was declared effective on October 28, 2011.


15


Table of Contents

Notes Offerings
 
On November 15, 2010, we completed a private offering of the 10.625% Notes with principal amount of $350 million. On June 28, 2011, we completed a further private offering of 10.625% Notes with the principal amount of $150 million on terms substantially similar to the 10.625% Notes offered on November 15, 2011. The 10.625% Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company that (i) rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that expressly provide for their subordination to the 10.625% Notes, (ii) rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsubordinated debt and (iii) are effectively subordinated to all liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. The 10.625% Notes are secured by a first priority lien on all of our assets held directly by the parent company (the “Collateral”) except for certain “Excluded Property” as defined in the Indenture. The Indenture permits us, under specified circumstances, to incur additional debt in the future that could equally and ratably share in the Collateral. The amount of such debt is limited by the covenants contained in the Indenture. We are not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the 10.625% Notes.
 
We have the option to redeem the 10.625% Notes prior to May 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time on or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the 10.625% Notes at certain fixed redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes with net cash proceeds received by us from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount of the 10.625% Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, provided that redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing date of such equity offering, and at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes remains outstanding immediately thereafter. If a change of control occurs, each holder of 10.625% Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of its 10.625% Notes for cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such 10.625% Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
 
The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of us, and, in certain cases, our subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create liens; engage in sale-leaseback transactions; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make certain restricted payments; sell assets; engage in transactions with affiliates; or consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of its assets to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. We are also required to maintain compliance with certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. The Indenture contains customary events of default which could, subject to certain conditions, cause the 10.625% Notes to become immediately due and payable, including, but not limited to, the failure to make premium or interest payments; failure by us to accept and pay for 10.625% Notes tendered when and as required by the change of control and asset sale provisions of the Indenture; failure to comply with certain covenants in the Indenture; failure to comply with certain agreements in the Indenture for a period of 60 days following notice by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 10.625% Notes then outstanding; failure to pay any debt within any applicable grace period after the final maturity or acceleration of such debt by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25 million; failure to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating $25 million or more (excluding amounts covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.
 
We were obligated to cause a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange the 10.625% Notes for a new issue of 10.625% Notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to be declared. A registration statement was declared effective on May 9, 2011 with respect to the 10.625% Notes offer on November 15, 2010. Another registration statement was declared effective on September 9, 2011 with respect to the 10.625% Notes offered on June 28, 2011.
 
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies under the Indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands common stock pledged as collateral for the 10.625% Notes upon an event of default under the Indenture, on January 7, 2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, upon an event of default under the


16


Table of Contents

Indenture, and subject to certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants, terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such event of default.
 
HGI Available Information
 
HGI’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act are made available free of charge on or through HGI’ website at www.harbingergroupinc.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. The information on HGI’s website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, part of this report or incorporated into any other filings HGI makes with the Commission.
 
You may read and copy any materials HGI files with the Commission at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains HGI’s reports, proxy statements and other information at www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of HGI’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Audit Committee Charter, Code of Ethics, Code of Ethics for its Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Executive Sessions policy are available at HGI’s Internet site at www.harbingergroupinc.com under “Corporate Governance.” Copies will also be provided to any HGI stockholder upon written request to Investor Relations, Harbinger Group Inc. at 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022 or via electronic mail at investorrelations@harbingergroupinc.com, or by contacting Investor Relations by telephone at (212) 906-8560. See “— Spectrum Brands — Spectrum Brands and SBI Available Information” for additional information regarding Spectrum Brands and SBI.
 
Our Operating Subsidiaries
 
Spectrum Brands
 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global branded consumer products company and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a global branded consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc., a global branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company. The SB/RH Merger was consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the SB/RH Merger, both SBI and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBI. Spectrum Brands’ common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “SPB.” As of September 30, 2011, HGI owns approximately 53% of Spectrum Brands’ common stock.
 
In connection with the SB/RH Merger, SBI refinanced its existing senior debt, except for SBI’s 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the “12% Notes”), of which $245 million remained outstanding as of September 30, 2011, and a portion of Russell Hobbs’ existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750 million senior secured term loan due June 17, 2016 (the “Term Loan”), of which $525 remained outstanding as of September 30, 2011, new $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 (the “9.5% Notes”), and a new $300 million asset based revolving loan facility due April 21, 2016, under which there were no liabilities as of September 30, 2011 (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan and the 9.5% Notes, the “Senior Secured Facilities”). On November 2, 2011, SBI announced the offering of an additional $200 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Notes; these notes are in addition to the $750 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Notes already outstanding. The additional notes will vote together with the existing 9.5% Notes.
 
Spectrum Brands manufactures and markets alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty pet supplies. Spectrum Brands designs, markets and distributes rechargeable batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming products, hair care appliances, small household appliances and personal care products. Spectrum Brands’ manufacturing and product development facilities are located in the U.S., Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of Spectrum Brands’ rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care products and portable lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
 
Spectrum Brands sells its products in approximately 130 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and enjoys strong name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and


17


Table of Contents

Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
 
On June 28, 2011 Spectrum Brands filed a Form S-3 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under which 1.2 million shares of its common stock and 6.3 million shares of its common stock held by the Master Fund were offered to the public. The registration statement was declared effective on July 14, 2011, and at the closing of the offering, Spectrum Brands received net proceeds from the sale of the 1.2 million shares, after underwriting discounts and estimated expenses, of approximately $30 million. Spectrum Brands did not receive any proceeds from the sale of its common stock by the Master Fund. Spectrum Brands expects to use the net proceeds of the sale of common shares for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, working capital needs, the refinancing of existing indebtedness, the expansion of its business and acquisitions.
 
Spectrum Brands’ diversified global branded consumer products have positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and grooming products; small appliances; electric personal care products; and portable lighting.
 
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business group is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives and the financial results for all product lines within that group.
 
Spectrum Brands’ operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; its overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and its general competitive position, especially as impacted by its competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
 
In November 2008, Spectrum Brands’ board of directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for the growing products business for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (“Fiscal 2009”). Spectrum Brands believes the shutdown was consistent with what it has done in other areas of its business to eliminate unprofitable products from its portfolio. As of March 29, 2009, Spectrum Brands completed the shutdown of the growing products business. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the growing products business for all periods presented. See Note 25, Discontinued Operations, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on the disposal of the growing products business.
 
Products
 
Spectrum Brands competes in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric personal care products; home and garden control products; small appliances and portable lighting. Spectrum Brands’ broad line of products includes:
 
•  consumer batteries, including alkaline and zinc carbon batteries, rechargeable batteries and chargers and hearing aid batteries and other specialty batteries;
 
•  pet supplies, including aquatic equipment and supplies, dog and cat treats, small animal foods, clean up and training aids, health and grooming products and bedding;
 
•  home and garden control products, including household insect controls, insect repellents and herbicides;
 
•  electric shaving and grooming devices;
 
•  small appliances, including small kitchen appliances and home product appliances;
 
•  electric personal care and styling devices; and
 
•  portable lighting.


18


Table of Contents

 
Net sales of each product category sold, as a percentage of net sales of Spectrum Brands’ consolidated operations, is set forth below.
 
                         
    Percentage of Total
    Company Net Sales for the
    Fiscal Year Ended
    September 30,
    2011   2010   2009
 
Consumer batteries
    27 %     34 %     37 %
Small appliances
    24       9        
Pet supplies
    18       22       26  
Home and garden control products
    11       13       14  
Electric shaving and grooming
    9       10       10  
Electric personal care products
    8       8       9  
Portable lighting
    3       4       4  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
For detailed information about revenues, profits and total assets of each of these categories, see “Consumer Products Segment” in Item 7 and the financial statements beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Spectrum Brands’ Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Consumer Batteries
 
Spectrum Brands markets and sells a full line of alkaline batteries (AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt sizes) to both retail and industrial customers. Spectrum Brands’ alkaline batteries are marketed and sold primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands. Spectrum Brands also manufactures alkaline batteries for third parties who sell the batteries under their own private labels. Spectrum Brands’ zinc carbon batteries are also marketed and sold primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands and are designed for low- and medium-drain battery-powered devices.
 
Spectrum Brands believes that it is currently the largest worldwide marketer and distributor of hearing aid batteries. Spectrum Brands sells its hearing aid batteries through retail trade channels and directly to professional audiologists under several brand names and private labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Starkey.
 
Spectrum Brands also sells Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries and a variety of battery chargers under the Rayovac and VARTA brands. Spectrum Brands’ other specialty battery products include camera batteries, lithium batteries, silver oxide batteries, keyless entry batteries and coin cells for use in watches, cameras, calculators, communications equipment and medical instruments.
 
Pet Supplies
 
In the pet supplies product category Spectrum Brands markets and sells a variety of leading branded pet supplies for fish, dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals. Spectrum Brands has a broad line of consumer and commercial aquatics products, including integrated aquarium kits, standalone tanks and stands, filtration systems, heaters, pumps, and other equipment, fish food and water treatment products. Spectrum Brands’ largest aquatics brands are Tetra, Marineland, Whisper, Jungle and Instant Ocean. Spectrum Brands also sells a variety of specialty pet products, including dog and cat treats, small animal food and treats, clean up and training aid products, health and grooming aids, bedding products and consumable accessories including privacy tents, litter carpets, crystal litter cartridges, charcoal filters, corn-based litter and replaceable waste receptacles. Spectrum Brands’ largest specialty pet brands include 8-in-1, Dingo, Firstrax, Nature’s Miracle and Wild Harvest.
 
Home and Garden Control Products
 
In the home and garden control products category Spectrum Brands markets and sells several leading home and garden care products, including household insecticides, insect repellent, herbicides, garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatments. Spectrum Brands offers a broad array of household insecticides such as spider, roach and ant killer, flying insect killer, insect foggers, wasp and hornet killer, flea and tick control products and roach and ant


19


Table of Contents

baits. Spectrum Brands also manufactures and markets a complete line of insect repellent products that provide protection from insects, especially mosquitoes. These products include both personal repellents, such as aerosols, pump sprays and wipes as well as area repellents, such as yard sprays, citronella candles and torches. Spectrum Brands’ largest brands in the insect control category include Hot Shot, Cutter and Repel. Spectrum Brands’ herbicides, garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatment brands include Spectracide, Real-Kill and Garden Safe. Spectrum Brands has positioned itself as the value alternative for consumers who want products that are comparable to, but sold at lower prices than, premium-priced brands.
 
Electric Shaving and Grooming
 
Spectrum Brands markets and sells a broad line of electric shaving and grooming products under the Remington brand name, including men’s rotary and foil shavers, beard and mustache trimmers, body trimmers and nose and ear trimmers, women’s shavers and haircut kits.
 
Small Appliances
 
Spectrum Brands markets and sells a broad range of products in the branded small household appliances category under the George Foreman, Black & Decker, Russell Hobbs, Farberware, Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster brands, including grills, bread makers, sandwich makers, kettles, toaster ovens, toasters, blenders, juicers, can openers, coffee grinders, coffeemakers, electric knives, deep fryers, food choppers, food processors, hand mixers, rice cookers and steamers. Spectrum Brands also markets small home product appliances, including hand-held irons, vacuum cleaners, air purifiers, clothes shavers and heaters, primarily under the Black & Decker and Russell Hobbs brands. Russell Hobbs’ personal care products in the small appliances category include hand-held dryers, curling irons, straightening irons, brush irons, air brushes, hair setters, facial brushes, skin appliances and electric toothbrushes, which are primarily marketed under the Russell Hobbs, Carmen and Andrew Collinge brands.
 
Electric Personal Care Products
 
Spectrum Brands’ electric personal care products, marketed and sold under the Remington, Russell Hobbs, Carmen and Andrew Collinge brand names, include hair dryers, straightening irons, styling irons and hair setters.
 
Portable Lighting
 
Spectrum Brands offers a broad line of battery-powered, portable lighting products, including flashlights and lanterns for both retail and industrial markets. Spectrum Brands sells its portable lighting products under the Rayovac and VARTA brand names, under other proprietary brand names and pursuant to licensing arrangements with third parties.
 
Sales and Distribution
 
Spectrum Brands sells its products through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs. Its sales generally are made through the use of individual purchase orders, consistent with industry practice. Retail sales of the consumer products Spectrum Brands markets have been increasingly consolidated into a small number of regional and national mass merchandisers. This trend towards consolidation is occurring on a worldwide basis. As a result of this consolidation, a significant percentage of its sales are attributable to a very limited group of retailer customers, including Wal-Mart, The Home Depot, Carrefour, Target, Lowe’s, PetSmart, Canadian Tire, PetCo and Gigante. Spectrum Brands’ sales to Wal-Mart represented approximately 24% of its consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 (“Fiscal Year 2011”). No other customer accounted for more than 10% of its consolidated net sales in the Fiscal Year 2011.
 
Spectrum Brands manages its sales and distribution force by geographic region, customer or product group, depending on the product category. Its sales team for batteries and for personal care products is divided into three major geographic territories, North America, Latin America and Europe and the rest of the world (“Europe/ROW”). Within each major geographic territory, Spectrum Brands has additional subdivisions designed to meet its customers’ needs.


20


Table of Contents

The sales force for pet supply products is aligned by customer, geographic region and product group. Spectrum Brands sells pet supply products to mass merchandisers, grocery and drug chains, pet superstores, independent pet stores and other retailers.
 
The sales force for home and garden products is aligned by customer. Spectrum Brands sells primarily to home improvement centers, mass merchandisers, hardware stores, lawn and garden distributors, and food and drug retailers in the U.S.
 
Manufacturing, Raw Materials and Suppliers
 
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing Spectrum Brands’ products — zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide powder and steel — are sourced either on a global or regional basis. The prices of these raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances. Spectrum Brands has regularly engaged in forward purchase and hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively manage the raw material costs it expects to incur over the next 12 to 24 months.
 
Substantially all of Spectrum Brands’ rechargeable batteries and chargers, portable lighting products, hair care and other personal care products and its electric shaving and grooming products and small appliances are manufactured by third party suppliers that are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region. Spectrum Brands maintains ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by its suppliers.
 
Spectrum Brands continually evaluates its manufacturing facilities’ capacity and related utilization. As a result of such analyses, Spectrum Brands has closed a number of manufacturing facilities during the past five years. In general, Spectrum Brands believes its existing facilities are adequate for its present and foreseeable needs.
 
Research and Development
 
Spectrum Brands’ research and development strategy is focused on new product development and performance enhancements of its existing products. Spectrum Brands plans to continue to use its strong brand names, established customer relationships and significant research and development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved functionality.
 
In Spectrum Brands’ fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, it invested $32.9 million, $31.0 million and $24.4 million, respectively, in product research and development.
 
Patents and Trademarks
 
Spectrum Brands owns or licenses from third parties a significant number of patents and patent applications throughout the world relating to products Spectrum Brands sells and manufacturing equipment it uses. Spectrum Brands holds a license that expires in March 2022 for certain alkaline battery designs, technology and manufacturing equipment from Matsushita Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd. (“Matsushita”), to whom it pays a royalty.
 
Spectrum Brands also uses and maintains a number of trademarks in its business, including DINGO, JUNGLETALK, MARINELAND, RAYOVAC, REMINGTON, TETRA, VARTA, 8-IN-1, CUTTER, HOT SHOT, GARDEN SAFE, NATURE’S MIRACLE, REPEL, SPECTRACIDE, SPECTRACIDE TERMINATE, GEORGE FOREMAN, RUSSELL HOBBS and BLACK & DECKER. Spectrum Brands seeks trademark protection in the U.S. and in foreign countries by all available means, including registration.
 
As a result of the October 2002 sale by VARTA AG of substantially all of its consumer battery business to Spectrum Brands and VARTA AG’s subsequent sale of its automotive battery business to Johnson Controls, Inc. (“Johnson Controls”), Spectrum Brands acquired rights to the VARTA trademark in the consumer battery category and Johnson Controls acquired rights to the trademark in the automotive battery category. VARTA AG continues to have rights to use the trademark with travel guides and industrial batteries and VARTA Microbattery GmbH has the right to use the trade mark with micro batteries. Spectrum Brands is party to a Trademark and Domain Names Protection and Delimitation Agreement that governs ownership and usage rights and obligations of the parties relative to the VARTA trademark.


21


Table of Contents

As a result of the common origins of the Remington Products, L.L.C. (“Remington Products”) business Spectrum Brands acquired in September 2003 and the Remington Arms Company, Inc. (“Remington Arms”), the REMINGTON trademark is owned by Spectrum Brands and by Remington Arms each with respect to its principal products as well as associated products. Accordingly, Spectrum Brands owns the rights to use the REMINGTON trademark for electric shavers, shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care products, while Remington Arms owns the rights to use the trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for industrial use, including industrial hand tools. In addition, the terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products and Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the REMINGTON trademark on products which are not considered “principal products of interest” for either company. Spectrum Brands retains the REMINGTON trademark for nearly all products which it believes can benefit from the use of the brand name in its distribution channels.
 
Spectrum Brands licenses the Black & Decker brand in North America, Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core categories of household appliances: beverage products, food preparation products, garment care products and cooking products. Russell Hobbs has licensed the Black & Decker brand since 1998 for use in marketing various household small appliances. In December 2007, Russell Hobbs and The Black & Decker Corporation (“BDC”) extended the trademark license agreement for a fourth time through December 2015. Under the agreement as extended, Russell Hobbs agreed to pay BDC royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum annual royalty payments of $15 million from calendar year 2011 through calendar year 2015. The agreement also requires Spectrum Brands to comply with maximum annual return rates for products. If BDC does not agree to renew the license agreement, Spectrum Brands has 18 months to transition out of the brand name. No minimum royalty payments will be due during such transition period. BDC has agreed not to compete in the four core product categories for a period of five years after the termination of the license agreement. Upon request, BDC may elect to extend the license to use the Black & Decker brand to certain additional product categories. BDC has approved several extensions of the license to additional categories and geographies.
 
Competition
 
In Spectrum Brands’ retail markets, Spectrum Brands competes for limited shelf space and consumer acceptance. Factors influencing product sales include brand name recognition, perceived quality, price, performance, product packaging, design innovation, and consumer confidence and preferences as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies.
 
The battery product category is highly competitive. Most consumer batteries manufactured throughout the world are sold by one of four global companies: Spectrum Brands (manufacturer/seller of Rayovac and VARTA brands); Energizer Holdings, Inc. (“Energizer”) (manufacturer/seller of the Energizer brand); The Procter & Gamble Company (“Procter & Gamble”) (manufacturer/seller of the Duracell brand); and Matsushita (manufacturer/seller of the Panasonic brand). Spectrum Brands also faces competition from the private label brands of major retailers, particularly in Europe. The offering of private-label batteries by retailers may create pricing pressure in the consumer battery market. Typically, private-label brands are not supported by advertising or promotion, and retailers sell these private label offerings at prices below competing name-brands. The main barriers to entry for new competitors are investment in technology research, cost of building manufacturing capacity and the expense of building retail distribution channels and consumer brands.
 
In the U.S. alkaline battery category, the Rayovac brand is positioned as a value brand, which is typically defined as a product that offers comparable performance at a lower price. In Europe, the VARTA brand is competitively priced with other premium brands. In Latin America, where zinc carbon batteries outsell alkaline batteries, the Rayovac brand is competitively priced.
 
The pet supply product category is highly fragmented with over 500 manufacturers in the U.S. alone, consisting primarily of small companies with limited product lines. Spectrum Brands’ largest competitors in this product category are Mars Corporation (“Mars”), The Hartz Mountain Corporation (“Hartz”) and Central Garden & Pet Company (“Central Garden & Pet”). Both Hartz and Central Garden & Pet sell a comprehensive line of pet supplies and compete with a majority of the products Spectrum Brands offers. Mars sells primarily aquatics products.
 
Products sold by Spectrum Brands in the lawn and garden product category face competition from The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (“Scotts Company”), which markets lawn and garden products under the Scotts, Ortho, Roundup and


22


Table of Contents

Miracle-Gro brand names; Central Garden & Pet, which markets garden products under the AMDRO and Sevin brand names; and Bayer A.G., which markets lawn and garden products under the Bayer Advanced brand name.
 
Products Spectrum Brands sells in the household insect control product category face competition from S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“S.C. Johnson”), which markets insecticide and repellent products under the Raid and OFF! brands; Scotts Company, which markets household insect control products under the Ortho brand; and Henkel KGaA, which markets insect control products under the Combat brand.
 
Spectrum Brands’ primary competitors in the electric shaving and grooming product category are Norelco, a division of Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV (“Philips”), which sells and markets rotary shavers, and Braun, a division of Procter & Gamble, which sells and markets foil shavers. Through its Remington brand, Spectrum Brands sells both foil and rotary shavers.
 
Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category include Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal. The key competitors of Russell Hobbs in this market in the U.S. and Canada include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In addition, Russell Hobbs competes with retailers who use their own private label brands for household appliances (for example, Wal-Mart).
 
Spectrum Brands’ major competitors in the electric personal care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited (“Helen of Troy”).
 
Spectrum Brands’ primary competitors in the portable lighting product category are Energizer and Mag Instrument, Inc. Some of Spectrum Brands’ major competitors have greater resources and greater overall market share than Spectrum Brands does. They have committed significant resources to protect their market shares or to capture market share from Spectrum Brands and may continue to do so in the future. In some key product lines, Spectrum Brands’ competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than Spectrum Brands does, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in advertising and in offering retail discounts and other promotional incentives to retailers, distributors, wholesalers and, ultimately, consumers.
 
Seasonality
 
On a consolidated basis Spectrum Brands’ financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum Brands’s first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum Brands’s second and third fiscal quarters). Small Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season. For a more detailed discussion of the seasonality of Spectrum Brands’ product sales, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — “Seasonality.”
 
Governmental Regulations and Environmental Matters
 
Due to the nature of Spectrum Brands’ operations, Spectrum Brands’ facilities are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign legal and regulatory provisions relating to the environment, including those regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination associated with the releases of hazardous substances at its facilities. Spectrum Brands believes that compliance with the federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations to which it is subject will not have a material effect upon its capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position.
 
From time to time, Spectrum Brands has been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of its properties. Spectrum Brands has not conducted invasive testing at all facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of Spectrum Brands’ facilities and the nature of


23


Table of Contents

its operations, it is possible that material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with Spectrum Brands’ current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of Spectrum Brands’ manufacturing facilities is discovered, Spectrum Brands could incur material unforeseen expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position. Although Spectrum Brands is currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at some of its facilities, Spectrum Brands does not expect that such projects, taking into account established accruals, will cause it to incur expenditures that are material to its business, financial condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that Spectrum Brands’ future liability could be material.
 
Spectrum Brands has been, and in the future may be, subject to proceedings related to its disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which Spectrum Brands is held responsible as a result of its relationships with such other parties. In the U.S., these proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or similar state laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. As a practical matter, liability at CERCLA sites is shared by all of the viable responsible parties. Spectrum Brands occasionally is identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where Spectrum Brands has been notified of its status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine whether its potential liability, if any, will be material or Spectrum Brands does not believe that its liability, if any, will be material.
 
Spectrum Brands may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state laws for other sites not currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may be material.
 
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future capital expenditures for environmental control equipment. Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, Spectrum Brands believes that its ultimate liability arising from such environmental matters, taking into account established accruals of $7.3 million for estimated liabilities at September 30, 2011 should not be material to its business or financial condition.
 
Electronic and electrical products that Spectrum Brands sells in Europe, particularly products sold under the Remington brand name, VARTA battery chargers, certain portable lighting and all of its batteries, are subject to regulation in European Union (“EU”) markets under three key EU directives. The first directive is the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) which took effect in EU member states beginning July 1, 2006. RoHS prohibits companies from selling products which contain certain specified hazardous materials in EU member states. Spectrum Brands believes that compliance with RoHS has not had a material effect on its capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position. The second directive is entitled the Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”). WEEE makes producers or importers of particular classes of electrical goods financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. WEEE assigns levels of responsibility to companies doing business in EU markets based on their relative market share. WEEE calls on each EU member state to enact enabling legislation to implement the directive. To comply with WEEE requirements, Spectrum Brands has partnered with other companies to create a comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling program. As EU member states pass enabling legislation Spectrum Brands currently expects its compliance system to be sufficient to meet such requirements. Spectrum Brands’ current estimated costs associated with compliance with WEEE are not significant based on its current market share. However, Spectrum Brands continues to evaluate the impact of the WEEE legislation as EU member states implement guidance and as its market share changes and, as a result, actual costs to Spectrum Brands could differ from its current estimates and may be material to its business, financial condition or results of operations. The third directive is the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, which was adopted in September 2006 and went into effect in September 2008 (the “Battery Directive”). The Battery Directive bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of those heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems. The Battery Directive places the costs of such waste management systems on producers and importers of


24


Table of Contents

batteries. The Battery Directive calls on each EU member state to enact enabling legislation to implement the directive. Spectrum Brands currently believes that compliance with the Battery Directive will not have a material effect on its capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position. However, until such time as the EU member states adopt enabling legislation, a full evaluation of these costs cannot be completed. Spectrum Brands will continue to evaluate the impact of the Battery Directive and its enabling legislation as EU member states implement guidance.
 
Certain of Spectrum Brands’ products and facilities are regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or other federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Spectrum Brands’ inability to obtain or the cancellation of any registration could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether its competitors were similarly affected. Spectrum Brands attempts to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients. Spectrum Brands may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
 
The Food Quality Protection Act (“FQPA”) established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of Spectrum Brands’ products continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide Spectrum Brands uses in its products will be limited or made unavailable to Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in its products.
 
Certain of Spectrum Brands’ products and packaging materials are subject to regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing procedures for certain products, establishes standards of identity for certain products, determines the safety of products and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing federal and state standards of identity for selected products, grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing their own labeling requirements.
 
Employees
 
Spectrum Brands had approximately 5,900 full-time employees worldwide as of September 30, 2011. Approximately 31% of Spectrum Brands’ total labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There are five collective bargaining agreements that will expire during Spectrum Brands’ fiscal year ending September 30, 2012, which cover approximately 78% of the labor force under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 24% of its total labor force. See “Risk Factors — Risk Related to Spectrum Brands — If Spectrum Brands is unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, it may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and its results of operations and financial condition may suffer.” Spectrum Brands believes that its overall relationship with its employees is good.
 
Spectrum Brands and SBI Available Information
 
Spectrum Brands’ and SBI’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made available free of charge on or through Spectrum Brands’ website at www.spectrumbrands.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the Commission.
 
The information on Spectrum Brands’ website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, part of this report or incorporated into any other filings HGI, Spectrum Brands or SBI makes with the Commission. You may read and copy any materials Spectrum Brands files with the Commission at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE,


25


Table of Contents

Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission also maintains an Internet site that contains Spectrum Brands’ and SBI’s reports, proxy statements and other information at www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of Spectrum Brands’ (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are available at Spectrum Brands’ Internet site at www.spectrumbrands.com under “Investor Relations — Corporate Governance.” Copies will also be provided to any Spectrum Brands stockholder upon written request to the Vice President, Investor Relations & Corporate Communications, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 or via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com, or by contacting the Vice President, Investor Relations & Corporate Communications by telephone at (608) 275-3340.
 
FGL
 
FGL, a Delaware corporation and indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, is a provider of annuity and life insurance products in the United States. Based in Baltimore, Maryland, FGL operates its annuity and life insurance operations in the United States through its subsidiaries FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance.
 
FGL’s principal products are immediate annuities, deferred annuities and life insurance products (including fixed indexed universal life), which it sells, as of September 30, 2011, through a network of approximately 300 insurance marketing organizations (“IMOs”) representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. As of September 30, 2011, FGL had over 745,000 policyholders nationwide and distributes its products throughout the United States.
 
FGL’s deferred annuities include fixed index annuities and fixed rate annuities. Fixed indexed annuities allow contract owners the possibility of earning credits based on the performance of a specified market index without risk to principal. The value to the contractholder of a fixed indexed annuity contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses and credits earned (“index credits”), up to an overall limit on the amount of interest that an annuity will earn (a “cap”) or a percentage of the gain of a market index that will be credited to an annuity (a “participation rate”) based on the annual appreciation in a recognized index or benchmark.
 
Fixed rate annuities include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies. During the accumulation period, the account value of the annuity is credited with interest earned at a crediting rate guaranteed for no less than one year at issue, but which may be guaranteed for up to seven years, and thereafter FGL has the discretionary ability to change the crediting rate based on the guaranteed period of the contract at a rate above the guaranteed minimum rate.
 
Immediate annuities provide a fixed amount of income for either a defined number of years, the annuitant’s lifetime or the longer of a defined number of years or the annuitant’s lifetime, in exchange for a single premium.
 
FGL offers indexed universal life insurance policies. Holders of universal life insurance policies earn returns on their policies which are credited to the policyholder’s account value. The insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life insurance protection from the account value. The balance of the account value is credited interest at a fixed rate or returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that described above for fixed indexed annuities.
 
FGL’s profitability depends in large part upon the amount of assets under management, its ability to manage its operating expenses, the costs of acquiring new business (principally commissions to agents and bonuses credited to policyholders) and the investment spreads earned on its contractholder fund balances. Managing investment spreads involves the ability to manage an investment portfolio to maximize returns and minimize risks such as interest rate changes and defaults or impairment of investments and its ability to manage interest rates credited to policyholders and costs of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits on the fixed index annuity.
 
Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), premium collections for deferred annuities and immediate annuities without life contingency are reported as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) instead of as revenues. Earnings from products accounted for as deposit liabilities are primarily generated from the excess of net investment income earned over the interest credited or the


26


Table of Contents

cost of providing index credits to the policyholder, known as the investment spread. With respect to fixed index annuities, the cost of providing index credits includes the expenses incurred to fund the annual index credits and where applicable, minimum guaranteed interest credited. Proceeds received upon expiration or early termination of call options purchased to fund annual index credits are recorded as part of the change in fair value of derivatives, and are largely offset by an expense for interest credited to annuity contractholder fund balances.
 
For detailed information about revenues, profits and total assets of each of these categories, see “Insurance Segment” in Item 7 and the financial statements beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Products
 
Annuity Products
 
FGL, through its insurance subsidiaries, issues a broad portfolio of deferred annuities (fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities) and immediate annuities. A deferred annuity is a type of contract that accumulates value on a tax deferred basis and typically begins making specified periodic or lump sum payments a certain number of years after the contract has been issued. An immediate annuity is a type of contract that begins making specified payments within one annuity period (e.g., one month or one year) and typically pays principal and earnings in equal payments over some period of time.
 
As part of its significant product consolidation, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance reduced from 51 in 2008 to 21 in 2011 the number of products in their portfolios of annuity products. The following table presents the deposits on annuity policies issued by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, as well as reserves required by US GAAP (“US GAAP Reserves”), for the period from April 6, 2011 (the date of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition) to September 30, 2011 (in millions):
 
                 
    Deposits on
    US
 
    Annuity
    GAAP
 
    Policies     Reserves  
 
Products
               
Fixed Indexed Annuities
  $ 315     $ 9,001  
Fixed Rate Annuities
    26       3,344  
Single Premium Immediate Annuities
    102       3,621  
                 
Total
  $ 443     $ 15,966  
                 
 
Deferred Annuities
 
Fixed Indexed Annuities.  FGL Insurance’s fixed indexed annuities allow contract owners the possibility of earning credits based on the performance of a specified market index without risk to principal. The contracts include a provision for a minimum guaranteed surrender value calculated in accordance with applicable law. A market index tracks the performance of a specific group of stocks representing a particular segment of the market, or in some cases an entire market. For example, the S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index is an index of 500 stocks intended to be representative of a broad segment of the market. Most fixed indexed annuity policies allow policyholders to allocate funds once a year among several different crediting strategies, including one or more index based strategies and a traditional fixed rate strategy.
 
The value to the contractholder of a fixed indexed annuity contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses (described below) and index credits, up to a cap or a participation rate based on the annual appreciation (based in certain situations on monthly averages or monthly point-to-point calculations) in a recognized index or benchmark. Caps generally range from 3.5% to 6% when measured annually and 1.5% to 5.2% when measured monthly and participation rates generally range from 30% to 100% of the performance of the applicable market index.
 
Approximately 90% of the fixed indexed annuity sales for the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011 involved “premium bonuses” by which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance increased the initial annuity deposit by a specified premium bonus of 3% and vested bonus of 5% to 8%. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance made compensating adjustments in the commission paid to the agent or the surrender charges on the policy to offset the premium bonus.


27


Table of Contents

Fixed Rate Annuities.  Fixed rate annuities include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies. Fixed rate annual reset annuities issued by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have an annual interest rate (the “crediting rate”) that is guaranteed for the first policy year. After the first policy year, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have the discretionary ability to change the crediting rate once annually to any rate at or above a guaranteed minimum rate. Fixed rate multi-year guaranteed annuities are similar to fixed rate annual reset annuities except that the initial crediting rate is guaranteed for a specified number of years before it may be changed at the discretion of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2011, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance did not sell any fixed rate annual reset annuities. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2011, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance sold $39.9 million of fixed rate multi-year guaranteed annuities. As of September 30, 2011, crediting rates on outstanding (i) fixed rate annuities generally ranged from 1.5% to 6.0% and (ii) multi-year guaranteed annuities ranged from 1.5% to 6.25%. The average crediting rate on all outstanding fixed rate annuities at September 30, 2011 was 4.2%.
 
Withdrawal Options for Deferred Annuities.  After the first year following the issuance of a deferred annuity policy, holders of deferred annuities are typically permitted penalty-free withdrawals up to 10% of the prior year’s value, subject to certain limitations. Withdrawals in excess of allowable penalty-free amounts are assessed a surrender charge if such withdrawals are made during the penalty period of the deferred annuity policy (a “surrender charge”). The penalty period typically ranges from 5 to 14 years for fixed indexed annuities and 3 to 10 years for fixed rate annuities. This surrender charge initially ranges from 9% to 17.5% of the contract value for fixed index annuities and 5% to 12% of the contract value for fixed rate annuities and generally decreases by approximately one to two percentage points per year during the penalty period. Certain annuity contracts contain a market value adjustment provision that may increase or decrease the amounts available for withdrawal upon full surrender. The policyholder may elect to take the proceeds of the surrender either in a single payment or in a series of payments over the life of the policyholder or for a fixed number of years (or a combination of these payment options). In addition to the foregoing withdrawal rights, policyholders may also elect to have additional withdrawal rights by purchasing a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit.
 
Immediate Annuities
 
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance also sell single premium immediate annuities (“SPIAs”), which provide a series of periodic payments for a fixed period of time or for the life of the policyholder, according to the policyholder’s choice at the time of issue. The amounts, frequency and length of time of the payments are fixed at the outset of the annuity contract. SPIAs are often purchased by persons at or near retirement age who desire a steady stream of payments over a future period of years.
 
Life Insurance
 
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance offer indexed universal life insurance policies. Holders of universal life insurance policies earn returns on their policies which are credited to the policyholder’s cash value account. The insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life insurance protection from the cash value account. The balance of the cash value account is credited interest at a fixed rate or returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that described above for fixed indexed annuities. As part of their significant product consolidations, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance reduced the number of products in their life insurance product portfolios from nine in 2008 to its current number, two, in 2009.
 
A significant portion of the indexed universal life business is subject to a reinsurance arrangement with Wilton Re. See “The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — Wilton Transaction.”
 
Investments
 
The types of assets in which FGL may invest are influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified investment assets applicable to insurance companies. Within the parameters of these laws, FGL invests in assets giving consideration to three primary investment objectives: (i) income-oriented total return, (ii) yield maintenance/enhancement and (iii) capital preservation/risk mitigation.
 
FGL’s investment portfolio is designed to provide a stable earnings contribution and balanced risk portfolio across asset classes and is primarily invested in high quality corporate bonds with low exposure to consumer-sensitive


28


Table of Contents

sectors. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of FGL with respect to FGL’s accounting policies for the impairment of investments.
 
As of September 30, 2011, FGL’s investment portfolio was approximately $15.8 billion and was divided among the following asset classes:
 
         
    September 30,
    2011
 
Asset Class
       
Asset-backed securities
    3.2 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    3.6 %
Corporates
    75.3 %
Equities
    1.8 %
Hybrids
    4.2 %
Municipals
    5.9 %
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    1.4 %
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    2.8 %
U.S. Government
    1.2 %
Other (primarily policy loans and derivatives)
    0.6 %
         
Total available-for-sale securities
    100 %
         
 
As of September 30, 2011, FGL’s fixed income portfolio was approximately $15.4 billion, excluding derivatives and other invested assets. The approximate percentage distribution of FGL’s fixed income portfolio by composite ratings distribution was as follows:
 
         
    September 30,
Rating   2011
 
AAA
    8.0 %
AA
    10.8 %
A
    31.8 %
BBB
    44.7 %
BB
    3.8 %
B and below
    0.9 %
Not rated
    %
 
Currently, FGL does not act as asset manager for a significant portion of its investment assets. Since September 2009, FGL’s lead portfolio manager has been Goldman Sachs Asset Management (“Goldman Sachs”). Goldman Sachs actively manages FGL’s in-force and new business cash. As of September 30, 2011, Goldman Sachs had approximately $15.5 billion of FGL’s assets under management.
 
Derivatives
 
FGL’s fixed indexed annuity contracts (the “FIA Contracts”) permit the holder to elect to receive a return based on an interest rate or the performance of a market index. FGL uses a portion of the deposit made by policyholders pursuant to the FIA Contracts to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA Contracts. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA Contracts. On the respective anniversary dates of the applicable FIA Contracts, the market index used to compute the annual index credit under the applicable FIA Contract is reset. At such time, FGL purchases new one-, two- or three-year call options to fund the next index credit. FGL attempts to manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of its FIA Contracts, which permit FGL to change caps or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained. The change in the fair value of the call options and futures contracts is designed to offset the change in the fair value of the FIA Contract’s embedded derivative. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of net investment gains (losses). The change in fair value of the call


29


Table of Contents

options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instruments’ terms or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
 
FGL is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options. FGL seeks to reduce the credit risk associated with such agreements by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions, but there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses in the event of counterparty nonperformance.
 
Marketing and Distribution
 
FGL offers its products through a network of approximately 300 IMOs, representing approximately 25,000 agents, and identifies its most important 28 IMOs as “Power Partners”. FGL’s Power Partners are currently comprised of 19 annuity IMOs and 9 life insurance IMOs. From the period of April 6, 2011 (the date of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition) to September 30, 2011, these Power Partners accounted for approximately 70% of FGL’s annual sales volume. FGL believes that its relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average tenure of the top ten Power Partners is approximately 12.5 years.
 
FGL’s Power Partners play an important role in the development of FGL’s products. Over the last ten years, the majority of FGL’s best-selling products have been developed in conjunction with its Power Partners. FGL intends to continue to have the Power Partners play an important role in the development of its products in the future, which it believes provides it with integral feedback throughout the development process and assists it with competing for “shelf space” for new design launches.
 
In 2003 FGL introduced a rewards program, the Power Agent Incentive Rewards (“PAIR”) Program, to incentivize annuity product sales and strengthen distributor relationships. The PAIR Program is structured as a non-contributory deferred compensation program that allows select producers to share in profitability of new product sales. FGL believes the PAIR Program drives loyalty amongst top producers and incentivizes them to focus on profitable sales. Over the past five years, PAIR agents have produced nearly 29% of FGL’s total deferred annuity sales. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $13.3 million in PAIR vested account balances.
 
A PAIR Program for life insurance products was introduced in 2009 and operates substantially in the same manner as the PAIR Program for annuities.
 
Outsourcing
 
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers, FGL outsources the following functions to third-party service providers:
 
•  new business administration,
 
•  hosting of financial systems,
 
•  service of existing policies,
 
•  investment accounting and custody,
 
•  call centers, and
 
•  underwriting administration of life insurance applications.
 
FGL closely manages its outsourcing partners and integrates their services into its operations. FGL believes that outsourcing such functions allows it to focus capital and personnel resources on its core business operations and perform differentiating functions, such as actuarial, product development and risk management functions. In addition, FGL believes an outsourcing model provides predictable pricing, service levels and volume capabilities and allows it to exploit technological developments to enhance its customer self-service and sales processes that it may not be able to take advantage of if it were required to deploy its own capital.
 
FGL outsources its new business and existing policy administration for fixed indexed annuity and life products to Transaction Applications Group, Inc., a subsidiary at Dell Inc. (“Transaction Group”). Under this arrangement,


30


Table of Contents

Transaction Group manages all of FGL’s call center and processing requirements. FGL and Transaction Group have entered into a seven-year relationship expiring in June 2014.
 
FGL has partnered with Hooper Holmes, Inc. (“Hooper Holmes”) to outsource its life insurance underwriting function. Under the terms of the arrangement Hooper Holmes has assigned FGL a team of five underwriters with Fellow Management Life Institute. FGL and Hooper Holmes have entered into a three-year relationship expiring in December 2012.
 
FGL believes that it has a good relationship with its principal outsource service providers.
 
Competition and Ratings
 
FGL’s ability to compete is dependent upon many factors which include, among other things, its ability to develop competitive and profitable products, its ability to maintain low unit costs, and its maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from ratings agencies.
 
Following is a summary of the financial strength ratings of FGL Insurance and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FGL NY Insurance:
 
             
        Financial
   
Agency   Report Date   Strength Rating   Outlook Statement
 
Moody’s
  November 3, 2010   Ba1   Stable
    August 6, 2010   Baa3   On review for possible downgrade
    March 11, 2010   Baa3   Developing
Fitch
  October 27, 2011   BBB   Stable
    April 7, 2011   BBB   Stable
    August 9, 2010   BB   Positive
    March 29, 2010   BB   Rating watch evolving
    March 11, 2010   BBB−   Rating watch negative
A.M. Best
  October 10, 2011   B++   Stable
    August 12, 2010   B++   Stable
    March 11, 2010   A−   Under review with developing implications
 
Financial strength ratings generally involve quantitative and qualitative evaluations by rating agencies of a company’s financial condition and operating performance. Generally, rating agencies base their ratings upon information furnished to them by the insurer and upon their own investigations, studies and assumptions. Ratings are based upon factors of concern to policyholders, agents and intermediaries and are not directed toward the protection of investors and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities.
 
In addition to the financial strength ratings, rating agencies use an “outlook statement” to indicate a medium or long term trend which, if continued, may lead to a rating change. A positive outlook indicates a rating may be raised and a negative outlook indicates a rating may be lowered. A stable outlook is assigned when ratings are not likely to be changed. Outlooks should not be confused with expected stability of the issuer’s financial or economic performance. A rating may have a “stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change, but a “stable” outlook does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time without notice.
 
Moody’s ratings range from “Aaa” (exceptional financial security) to “C” (extremely poor prospects of ever offering financial security). Within Moody’s ratings range “Aaa” (exceptional financial security) and “Aa” (excellent financial security) are the highest, followed by “A” (good financial security) and “Baa” (adequate financial security). The next rating ranges are “Ba” (questionable financial security) and “B” (poor financial security). Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” These modifiers are used to refer to the ranking within a group — with 1 being the highest and 3 being the lowest. However, the financial strength of companies within a generic rating symbol (Aa, for example) is broadly the same.
 
Fitch ratings range from “AAA” (highest credit quality and lowest expectation of default risk) to “D” (defaulted on obligations and will generally default on most or all obligations). Within the first categories, “AAA” (exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments) and “AA” (very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments) are the highest, followed by “A” (strong capacity for payment of financial commitments) and “BBB”


31


Table of Contents

(capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity). The next categories are “BB” (financial situation prone to changes) and “B” (financial situation noticeably changes). Other than the “AAA” and “CCC” category, Fitch uses “+” or “−” with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category.
 
A.M. Best Company ratings range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation), and include 16 separate ratings categories. Within these categories, “A++” (Superior) and “A+” (Superior) are the highest, followed by “A” (Excellent) and “A−” (Excellent) then followed by “B++” (Good) and “B+” (Good). Publications of A.M. Best Company indicate A.M. Best Company assigns a B++ rating to companies that have a good ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
 
The foregoing is a summary of the range of ratings applied by Moody’s, Fitch and A.M. Best, which are subject to change from time to time. For further details regarding the application and meaning of these ratings, readers should review the applicable publications of Moody’s, Fitch and A.M. Best and all applicable terms and conditions.
 
A.M. Best Company, Fitch and Moody’s review their ratings of insurance companies from time to time. There can be no assurance that any particular rating will continue for any given period of time or that it will not be changed or withdrawn entirely if, in their judgment, circumstances so warrant. While the degree to which ratings adjustments will affect sales and persistency is unknown, we believe if FGL’s ratings were to be negatively adjusted for any reason, it could experience a material decline in the sales of its products and the persistency of its existing business. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to FGL’s Business — FGL operates in a highly competitive industry, which could limit its ability to gain or maintain its position in the industry and could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations;” “Risk Factors — Risks Related to FGL’s Business — A continuation of our existing financial strength ratings, financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect FGL’s financial condition and results of operations;” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to FGL’s Business — The amount of statutory capital that FGL’s insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of FGL’s control.”
 
Risk Management
 
Risk management is a critical part of FGL’s business. FGL seeks to assess risk to its business through a formalized process involving (i) identifying short-term and long-term strategic and operational objectives, (ii) utilizing risk identification tools to examine events that may prevent FGL from achieving goals, (iii) assigning risk identification and mitigation responsibilities to individual team members within functional groups, (iv) analyzing the potential qualitative and quantitative impact of individual risks, (v) evaluating risks against risk tolerance levels to determine which risks should be mitigated, (vi) mitigating risks by appropriate actions and (vii) identifying, documenting and communicating key business risks in a timely fashion.
 
The responsibility for monitoring, evaluating and responding to risk is allocated first to FGL’s management and employees, second to those occupying specialist functions, such as legal compliance and risk teams, and third to those occupying independent functions, such as internal and external audits and the audit committee of the board of directors.
 
Reinsurance
 
FGL, through its subsidiary FGL Insurance, both cedes reinsurance to other insurance companies and assumes reinsurance from other insurance companies. FGL uses reinsurance both to diversify its risks and to manage loss exposures. FGL Insurance seeks reinsurance coverage in order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital management. The use of reinsurance permits FGL to write policies in amounts larger than the risk it is willing to retain, and also to write a larger volume of new business. The portion of risks exceeding the insurer’s retention limit is reinsured with other insurers.
 
In instances where FGL Insurance is the ceding company, it pays a premium to the other company (the “reinsurer”) in exchange for the reinsurer assuming a portion of FGL Insurance’s liabilities under the policies it has issued. Use of reinsurance does not discharge the liability of FGL Insurance as the ceding company because FGL Insurance


32


Table of Contents

remains directly liable to its policyholders and is required to pay the full amount of its policy obligations in the event that its reinsurers fail to satisfy their obligations. FGL Insurance collects reinsurance from its reinsurers when FGL Insurance pays claims on policies that are reinsured. In instances where FGL Insurance assumes reinsurance from another insurance company, it accepts, in exchange for a reinsurance premium, a portion of the liabilities of the other insurance company under the policies that the ceding company has issued to its policyholders.
 
Ceding Company
 
FGL Insurance is provided reinsurance as the ceding company by “accredited” or “licensed” reinsurers and “unaccredited” or “unlicensed” reinsurers. See the section entitled “— Regulation — Credit for Reinsurance Regulation” below.
 
Reinsurance Provided by Unaccredited or Unlicensed Reinsurers.  As of September 30, 2011, the total statutory reserves ceded by FGL Insurance to unauthorized reinsurers (OM Re) was approximately $235.1 million.
 
Reinsurance Provided by Accredited or Licensed Reinsurers.  As of September 30, 2011, the total statutory reserves ceded by FGL Insurance to licensed or accredited unaffiliated reinsurers was approximately $1,798.3 million.
 
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, OM Re is no longer an affiliate of FGL Insurance and the life insurance policies previously ceded to OM Ireland under certain reinsurance agreements were recaptured by FGL Insurance on April 7, 2011. The CARVM Treaty, under which OM Re reinsures certain annuity liabilities from FGL Insurance, currently remains in effect. On January 26, 2011, HFG entered into the Commitment Agreement with Wilton Re. As of completion of the reinsurance of the Raven Block and the Camden Block by Wilton Re, substantially all of FGL Insurance’s in-force life insurance business issued prior to April 1, 2010 has been reinsured with third party reinsurers.
 
Reinsurer
 
FGL Insurance provides reinsurance as the reinsurer to four non-affiliate insurance companies. As of September 30, 2011, FGL Insurance was the reinsurer of $191.7 million total statutory reserves assumed under policies issued by non-affiliate insurers.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2011, FGL had 156 employees. FGL believes that it has a good relationship with its employees.
 
Litigation
 
There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of FGL and its subsidiaries, to which FGL or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their properties is subject.
 
Regulation
 
Overview
 
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision in their respective domiciles, Maryland and New York, and in each state in which they do business. FGL Insurance does business throughout the United States, except for New York. FGL NY Insurance does business only in New York. FGL Insurance’s principal insurance regulatory authority is the MIA. State insurance departments throughout the United States also monitor FGL Insurance’s insurance operations as a licensed insurer. The New York Insurance Department regulates the operations of FGL NY Insurance, which is domiciled and licensed in New York. The purpose of these regulations is primarily to protect policyholders and beneficiaries and not general creditors of those insurers or creditors of HGI. Many of the laws and regulations to which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject are regularly re-examined, and existing or future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect their operations.


33


Table of Contents

Generally, insurance products underwritten by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must be approved by the insurance regulators in each state in which they are sold. Those products are also substantially affected by federal and state tax laws. For example, changes in tax law could reduce or eliminate the tax-deferred accumulation of earnings on the deposits paid by the holders of annuities and life insurance products, which could make such products less attractive to potential purchasers. A shift away from life insurance and annuity products could reduce FGL Insurance’s and FGL NY Insurance’s income from the sale of such products, as well as the assets upon which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance earn investment income. In addition, insurance products may also be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers over FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance with respect to all aspects of the insurance business including:
 
•  licensing to transact business;
 
•  licensing agents;
 
•  prescribing which assets and liabilities are to be considered in determining statutory surplus;
 
•  regulating premium rates for certain insurance products;
 
•  approving policy forms and certain related materials;
 
•  regulating unfair trade and claims practices;
 
•  establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards;
 
•  the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year;
 
•  regulating the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions, the terms thereof and the ability of an insurer to take credit on its financial statements for insurance ceded to reinsurers or other substitute financing solutions;
 
•  fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum accumulation or surrender values; and
 
•  regulating the type, amounts and valuations of investments permitted, transactions with affiliates and other matters.
 
Financial Regulation
 
State insurance laws and regulations require FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to file reports, including financial statements, with state insurance departments in each state in which they do business, and their operations and accounts are subject to examination by those departments at any time. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments.
 
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) has approved a series of statutory accounting principles that have been adopted, in some cases with certain modifications, by all state insurance departments. These statutory principles are subject to ongoing change and modification. For instance, the NAIC adopted, effective with the annual reporting period ending December 31, 2010, revisions to the Annual Financial Reporting Model Regulation (or the Model Audit Rule) related to auditor independence, corporate governance and internal control over financial reporting. These revisions require that insurance companies, such as FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, file reports with state insurance departments regarding their assessments of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. Any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may change over time to FGL Insurance’s and/or FGL NY Insurance’s detriment, or changes to the overall legal or market environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to change their views regarding the actions they need to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to FGL Insurance’s and/or FGL NY Insurance’s practices that may, in some cases, limit their ability to grow and improve profitability.


34


Table of Contents

State insurance departments conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings, market conduct and business practices of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State insurance departments also have the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary insurers that are licensed in their states. The MIA completed a routine financial examination of FGL Insurance for the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and found no material deficiencies or proposed any adjustments to the financial statements as filed. The New York Insurance Department is currently conducting a routine financial examination of FGL NY Insurance for the three year period ended December 31, 2010.
 
Dividend and Other Distribution Payment Limitations
 
The Maryland Insurance Code and the New York Insurance Law regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively. Each year FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance may pay a certain amount of dividends or other distributions without being required to obtain the prior consent of the MIA or the NY Insurance Department, respectively. However, in order to pay any dividends or distributions (including the payment of any dividends or distributions for which prior written consent is not required), FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must provide advance written notice to the MIA or the NY Insurance Department, respectively. Upon receipt of such notice, the MIA or the NY Insurance Department may impose restrictions or prohibit the payment of such dividends or other distributions based on their assessment of various factors, including the statutory surplus levels and risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratios of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively.
 
Without first obtaining the prior written approval of the MIA, FGL Insurance may not pay dividends or make other distributions, if such payments, together with all other such payments within the preceding twelve months, exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of FGL Insurance’s statutory surplus as regards policyholders as of December 31 of the preceding year; or (ii) the net gain from operations of FGL Insurance (excluding realized capital gains for the 12-month period ending December 31 of the preceding year and pro rata distributions made on any class of FGL Insurance’s own securities). In addition, dividends may be paid only out of statutory surplus. Other dividends and distributions require prior notice to or approval of the MIA, which will consider the effect of the dividend or distribution on FGL’s surplus and financial condition generally. In making this determination, the MIA will consider whether the payment of the dividend or distribution will cause the company to fail to meet its required risk based capital ratio. On December 20, 2010, FGL Insurance paid a dividend to OM Group in the amount of $59 million with respect to its 2009 results. On September 30, 2011, FGL Insurance paid a dividend of $20 million to HGI. Based on its past dividends, statutory surplus and statutory net gain from operations, FGL could pay additional ordinary dividends of up to $70 million prior to December 31, 2011. Any additional amount beyond $70 million would be an extraordinary dividend requiring additional notice to and approval from the MIA. The foregoing discussion of dividends that may be paid by FGL Insurance is included for illustrative purposes only. Any payment of dividends by FGL Insurance is subject to the regulatory restrictions described above and the approval of such payment by the board of directors of FGL Insurance, which must consider various factors, including general economic and business conditions, tax considerations, FGL Insurance’s strategic plans, financial results and condition, FGL Insurance’s expansion plans, any contractual, legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends and its effect on RBC, and such other factors the board of directors of FGL Insurance considers relevant. For example, payments of dividends could reduce FGL Insurance’s RBC and financial condition (including its RBC ratio) and lead to reduction in FGL Insurance’s financial strength rating. See “Risk Factors — Risk Factors relating to FGL’s Business — A continuation of our existing financial strength ratings, financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.”
 
Surplus and Capital
 
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to the supervision of the regulators in which they are licensed to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority in connection with the continuing licensing of these entities to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such entities have not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders.


35


Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital
 
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance companies. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantially similar law. The RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk, (iii) interest rate risk, (iv) market risk and (v) business risk. In general, RBC is calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium, claim, expense and reserve items, taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. Within a given risk category, these factors are higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower for items with lower underlying risk. The RBC formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. Insurers that have less statutory capital than the RBC calculation requires are considered to have inadequate capital and are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending upon the level of capital inadequacy. As of the most recent annual statutory financial statement filed with insurance regulators on February 28, 2011, the RBC ratios for each of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance each exceeded the minimum RBC requirements. Nevertheless, it may be desirable to maintain an RBC ratio in excess of the minimum requirements in order to maintain or improve our financial strength ratings. See “Risk Factors — Risk Factors relating to FGL’s Business — A continuation of our existing financial strength ratings, financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.”
 
Insurance Regulatory Information System Tests
 
The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System (“IRIS”) to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of U.S. insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities. Insurance companies generally submit data annually to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data using prescribed financial data ratios, each with defined “usual ranges.” Generally, regulators will begin to investigate or monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it can issue. Neither FGL Insurance nor FGL NY Insurance is currently subject to regulatory restrictions based on these ratios.
 
Insurance Reserves
 
State insurance laws require insurers to analyze the adequacy of reserves annually. The respective appointed independent actuaries for FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must each submit an opinion that their respective reserves, when considered in light of the respective assets FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance hold with respect to those reserves, make adequate provision for the contractual obligations and related expenses of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have filed all of the required opinions with the insurance departments in the states in which they do business.
 
Credit for Reinsurance Regulation
 
States regulate the extent to which insurers are permitted to take credit on their financial statements for the financial obligations that the insurers cede to reinsurers. Where an insurer cedes obligations to a reinsurer which is neither licensed nor accredited by the state insurance department, the ceding insurer is not permitted to take such financial statement credit unless the unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurer secures the liabilities it will owe under the reinsurance contract. Under the laws regulating credit for reinsurance, the permissible means of securing such liabilities are (i) the establishment of a trust account by the reinsurer in a qualified U.S. financial institution, such as a member of the Federal Reserve, with the ceding insurer as the exclusive beneficiary of such trust account with the unconditional right to demand, without notice to the reinsurer, that the trustee pay over to it the assets in the trust account equal to the liabilities owed by the reinsurer; (ii) the posting of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit by a qualified U.S. financial institution in favor of the ceding company allowing the ceding company to draw upon the letter of credit up to the amount of the unpaid liabilities of the reinsurer; and (iii) a “funds withheld” arrangement by which the ceding company withholds transfer to the reinsurer of the reserves which support the


36


Table of Contents

liabilities to be owed by the reinsurer, with the ceding insurer retaining title to and exclusive control over such reserves. Both FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to such credit for reinsurance rules in Maryland and New York, respectively, insofar as they enter into any reinsurance contracts with reinsurers which are neither licensed nor accredited in Maryland and New York.
 
Insurance Holding Company Regulation
 
As the indirect parent company of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, HFG is subject to the insurance holding company laws in Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each insurance company directly or indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the insurance department in the insurance company’s state of domicile and to furnish annually financial and other information about the operations of companies within the holding company system. Generally, all transactions affecting the insurers in the holding company system must be fair and reasonable and, if material, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by its domiciliary insurance regulator.
 
Most states, including Maryland and New York, have insurance laws that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change of control of an insurer or an insurer’s holding company. Such laws prevent any person from acquiring control, directly or indirectly, of HGI, HFG, FGL, FGL Insurance or FGL NY Insurance unless that person has filed a statement with specified information with the insurance regulators and has obtained their prior approval. Under most states’ statutes, including those of Maryland and New York, acquiring 10% or more of the voting stock of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered a change of control, although such presumption may be rebutted. Accordingly, any person who acquires 10% or more of the voting securities of HGI, HFG, FGL, FGL Insurance or FGL NY Insurance without the prior approval of the insurance regulators of Maryland and New York will be in violation of those states’ laws and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the relevant insurance regulator or prohibiting the voting of those securities and to other actions determined by the relevant insurance regulator.
 
In connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, HFG made filings with the MIA and the New York Insurance Department for approval to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance. On March 31, 2011, the MIA approved HFG’s application to acquire control over FGL Insurance. On April 1, 2011, the New York Insurance Department approved HFG’s application to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance.
 
Insurance Guaranty Association Assessments
 
Each state has insurance guaranty association laws under which member insurers doing business in the state may be assessed by state insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Typically, states assess each member insurer in an amount related to the member insurer’s proportionate share of the business written by all member insurers in the state. Although no prediction can be made as to the amount and timing of any future assessments under these laws, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have established reserves that they believe are adequate for assessments relating to insurance companies that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings.
 
Market Conduct Regulation
 
State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint process practices. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. In addition, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must file, and in many jurisdictions and for some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate. FGL Insurance is currently the subject of nine ongoing market conduct examinations in various states, including a review by the New York State Insurance Department related to the possible unauthorized sale of insurance by FGL Insurance within the State of New York. Market conduct examinations can result in monetary fines or remediation and generally require FGL Insurance to devote significant resources to the management of such examinations. FGL Insurance does not believe that any of the


37


Table of Contents

current market conduct examinations it is subject to will result in any fines or remediation orders that will be material to its business.
 
Regulation of Investments
 
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investment portfolios of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance as of September 30, 2011 complied in all material respects with such regulations.
 
Privacy Regulation
 
FGL’s operations are subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations that require financial institutions and other businesses to protect the security and confidentiality of personal information, including health-related and customer information, and to notify customers and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of health-related and customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of such information. These laws and regulations require notice to affected individuals, law enforcement agencies, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal information, including social security numbers, and require holders of certain personal information to protect the security of the data. FGL’s operations are also subject to certain federal regulations that require financial institutions and creditors to implement effective programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. In addition, FGL’s ability to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited e-mail or fax messages to consumers and customers or uses of certain personal information, including consumer report information, is regulated. Federal and state governments and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of personal information.
 
Fixed Indexed Annuities
 
In recent years, the Commission had questioned whether fixed indexed annuities, such as those sold by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, should be treated as securities under the federal securities laws rather than as insurance products exempted from such laws. Treatment of these products as securities would require additional registration and licensing of these products and the agents selling them, as well as cause FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance to seek additional marketing relationships for these products. On December 17, 2008, the Commission voted to approve Rule 151A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 151A”), and apply federal securities oversight to fixed index annuities issued on or after January 12, 2011. On July 12, 2010, however, the District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals vacated Rule 151A. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), annuities that meet specific requirements, including requirements relating to certain state suitability rules, are specifically exempted from being treated as securities by the Commission. FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance expect that the types of fixed indexed annuities they sell will meet these requirements and therefore are exempt from being treated as securities by the Commission. It is possible that state insurance laws and regulations will be amended to impose further requirements on fixed indexed annuities.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Act makes sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to FGL, its competitors or those entities with which FGL does business. These changes include the establishment of federal regulatory authority over derivatives, the establishment of consolidated federal regulation and resolution authority over systemically important financial services firms, the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers and investment advisors, the implementation of an exemption of FIAs from Commission regulation if certain suitability practices are implemented as noted above, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating


38


Table of Contents

agencies, and the imposition of concentration limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of credit that may be extended to a single person or entity. Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, FGL, its competitors or the entities with which FGL does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act may impact FGL in many ways, including but not limited to: placing FGL at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for FGL to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
Until various studies are completed and final regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on investments, investment activities and insurance and annuity products of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance remain unclear.
 
Front Street
 
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010 to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010.
 
Front Street intends to focus on life and annuity reinsurance products including:
 
•  reinsurance solutions that improve the financial position of Front Street’s clients by increasing their capital base and reducing leverage ratios through the assumption of reserves; and
 
•  providing clients with exit strategies for discontinued lines, closed blocks in run-off, or lines not providing a good fit for a company’s growth strategies. With Front Street’s ability to manage these contracts, its clients will be able to concentrate their efforts and resources on core strategies.
 
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, the Special Committee of the Board of the Company, comprised of independent directors under the rules of the NYSE, unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) the Reinsurance Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance, pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL and (ii) the Investment Management Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and an affiliate of Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which such Harbinger Capital affiliate would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant to the Trust Agreement. On May 19, 2011, the Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
 
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the MIA. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Front Street reinsurance transaction is not approved by the MIA or is approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if a Harbinger Capital affiliate is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. See “The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.”


39


Table of Contents

Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Risks Related to HGI
 
We are a holding company, and our only material assets are our equity interests in our operating subsidiaries and our other investments, and our principal source of revenue and cash flow is distributions from our subsidiaries; our subsidiaries may be limited by law and by contract in making distributions to us.
 
As a holding company, our only material assets are our cash on hand, the equity interests in our subsidiaries and other investments. As of September 30, 2011, excluding cash, equivalents and short-term investments held by FGL or Spectrum Brands, we had approximately $524 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, which includes $313 million held by our wholly-owned subsidiary, HGI Funding LLC. Our principal source of revenue and cash flow is distributions from our subsidiaries. Thus, our ability to service our debt, finance acquisitions and pay dividends to our stockholders in the future is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our subsidiaries are and will be separate legal entities, and although they may be wholly-owned or controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends, distributions or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us will also be subject to, among other things, restrictions that are contained in our subsidiaries’ financing agreements, availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws and regulatory restrictions. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors and stockholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited in any way, this could materially limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
 
As an example, our subsidiary Spectrum Brands is a holding company with limited business operations of its own and its main assets are the capital stock of its subsidiaries, principally SBI. SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities, SBI’s 12% Notes and other agreements substantially limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands.
 
Specifically, (i) each indenture of SBI generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket based on an amount equal to the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income of SBI plus (b) 100% of the aggregate cash proceeds from the sale of equity by SBI (or less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any repayments to SBI of certain investments plus (d) in the case of the indenture governing the SBI’s 12% Notes (the “2019 Indenture”), $50 million, subject to certain other tests and certain exceptions and (ii) each credit facility of SBI generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket amount limited to $40 million per year. We expect that future debt of SBI and Spectrum Brands will contain similar restrictions. Moreover, the basket under the 2019 Indenture is more restrictive in calculating consolidated net income, and, absent a refinancing of these notes, we do not expect to receive dividends from Spectrum Brands in fiscal 2012.
 
FGL is also a holding company with limited business operations of its own. Its main assets are the capital stock of its subsidiaries, which are principally regulated insurance companies, whose ability to pay dividends is limited by applicable insurance laws. See “Item 1 — FGL — Regulation — Dividend and Other Distribution Payment Limitations.”
 
We may not be successful in identifying any additional suitable acquisition or investment opportunities.
 
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only identified a limited number of such opportunities. There is no assurance that we will be successful in identifying or consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete other acquisitions or investments, there is no assurance that we will be successful in enhancing our business or our financial condition. Acquisitions and investments may require a substantial amount of our management time and may be difficult for us to integrate, which could adversely affect management’s ability to identify and consummate other acquisition or investment opportunities. The failure to


40


Table of Contents

identify or successfully integrate future acquisitions and investment opportunities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to service our debt.
 
We are dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with Harbinger Capital; Harbinger Capital and its affiliates will exercise significant influence over us and our business activities; and business activities, legal matters and other matters that affect Harbinger Capital and certain key personnel could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
 
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of Philip A. Falcone, Omar M. Asali and Francis T. McCarron, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, our Acting President and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our common stock owned by the Principal Stockholders. Accordingly, Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Asali is a Managing Director and the Head of Global Strategy for Harbinger Capital. Mr. McCarron is responsible for integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands and FGL and any other businesses we acquire. The loss of Mr. Falcone, Mr. Asali or Mr. McCarron or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results. This risk is heightened as a result of the receipt by Harbinger Capital and certain of its affiliates, including Mr. Falcone and Mr. Asali, of the “Wells Notices” described below.
 
Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential acquisitions. Mr. Falcone’s and Harbinger Capital’s reputation and access to acquisition candidates is therefore important to our strategy of identifying acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of their time to our business, they are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time between our operations and their other commitments in their discretion.
 
Harbinger Capital and its affiliated funds have historically been involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of the funds conducted in the ordinary course of their business and do not arise from any allegations of misconduct asserted by investors in the funds against the firm or its personnel. Currently, Harbinger Capital and certain individuals are defendants in one such action for damages filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery in December 2010 concerning the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. See “— From time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.”
 
In addition, in the normal course of business, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates have contact with governmental authorities, and are subjected to responding to questionnaires or examinations. Given our affiliation with Harbinger Capital and the involvement of certain key personnel, we are aware that Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are also subject to regulatory inquiries concerning its positions and trading or other matters. We understand that the Department of Justice and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) are investigating the circumstances and disclosure of a loan made by the Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., to Mr. Falcone in October 2009 and the circumstances and disclosure regarding alleged preferential treatment of, and agreements with, certain fund investors. On December 8, 2011, Harbinger Capital and Mr. Falcone, Mr. Asali, and Ms. Robin Roger, an executive of Harbinger Capital and a director of the Company, received Wells Notices from the Commission staff stating that the staff is considering recommending that the Commission authorize the staff to file civil injunctive actions against them alleging violations of the federal securities laws’ anti-fraud provisions in connection with the matter described above. In addition, we understand that the Commission staff is conducting an informal investigation into whether Harbinger Capital or its affiliates engaged in market manipulation with respect to the trading of the debt securities of a particular issuer in 2006 to 2008. On December 8, 2011, Harbinger Capital Partners Offshore Manager, LLC, Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations GP, LLC, and Mr. Falcone received Wells Notices from the Commission staff stating that the staff intends to recommend that the Commission file civil injunctive actions against them alleging violations of the


41


Table of Contents

federal securities laws’ anti-fraud provisions in connection with this matter. Finally, we understand that the Commission staff is conducting an informal investigation that relates to compliance with Rule 105 of Regulation M with respect to three offerings. On December 8, 2011, Harbinger Capital received a Wells Notice stating that the staff intends to recommend that the Commission charge Harbinger Capital for violations of Rule 105 of Regulation M. A Wells Notice is an indication of the current views of the staff of the Division of Enforcement, prior to a decision by the Commission. It does not constitute a determination that the recipients violated any law. We are not aware of any criminal or enforcement charges having been brought against Harbinger Capital or its affiliates by any governmental or regulatory authority to date, and we understand that Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are cooperating with these investigations and, in accordance with SEC procedures, plan to submit responses explaining why they believe enforcement actions are unwarranted. Should the Commission accept the recommendations of the staff with respect to the matters underlying the Wells notices, the Commission could seek a range of possible remedies, including disgorgement, a cease-and-desist order, censure, permanent injunctive relief, a bar (as to the individuals) from association with an investment adviser, investment company, and/or broker-dealer and a bar from serving as officers and directors of a public company, pre-judgment interest, and/or civil penalties. It is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of these investigations, including whether or when any proceedings might be initiated or whether the matters will result in settlements on any or all of the issues involved.
 
If Mr. Falcone’s, Mr. Asali’s, Ms. Roger’s and Harbinger Capital’s other business interests or legal matters require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated business activities or legal matters could limit their future service to any public company and present challenges which could not only affect the amount of business time that they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition candidates. In addition, under the terms of an agreement with the Fortress Purchaser, subject to meeting certain ownership thresholds and receipt of regulatory approvals, in the event that Mr. Falcone ceases to have principal responsibility for our investments for a period of more than 90 consecutive days, other than as a result of temporary disability, and the Fortress Purchaser does not approve our proposed business continuity plan, the Fortress Purchaser may appoint such number of our directors that, when the total number of directors appointed by the Fortress Purchaser is added to the number of independent directors, that number of directors is equal to the number of directors employed by or affiliated with us or Harbinger Capital.
 
Because we face significant competition for acquisition and investment opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully execute our business strategy.
 
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources, or more local industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
 
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. We may need to obtain additional financing in order to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and investment opportunities.
 
Future acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that could harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, and other acquisitions, and future acquisitions that we consummate will involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which the


42


Table of Contents

acquisition target operates. Although we intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due diligence in connection with the evaluation of future acquisition and investment opportunities, there can be no assurance our due diligence investigations will identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect on us. We may be unable to adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks raised by such acquisitions or investments, especially if we are unfamiliar with the industry in which we invest. The realization of any unknown risks could prevent or limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the acquisitions or investments, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the ability to service our debt (including the 10.625% Notes) will be subject to the specific risks applicable to any company we acquire or in which we invest.
 
Any potential acquisition or investment in a foreign business or a company with significant foreign operations may subject us to additional risks.
 
Acquisitions or investments by us in a foreign business or other companies with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands, subjects us to risks inherent in business operations outside of the United States. These risks include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw materials and finished goods across national borders, restrictions on the movement of funds across national borders and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and liquidity, and can have an adverse effect on our ability to service our debt. For risks related to Spectrum Brands, see “— Risks Related to Spectrum Brands” below.
 
Our investments in any future joint investment could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on a partner’s financial condition and disputes between us and our partners.
 
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the target. These investments may involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have economic or other business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our costs and expenses and divert a substantial amount of our management’s time and effort away from our business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example, in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be liable in the event such partner defaults on its guarantee obligation.
 
We could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or invest in another business.
 
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments, with respect to the investment itself and any related financings, will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for financial advisors, accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a specific acquisition, investment or financing, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific acquisition, investment target or financing, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event could consume significant management time and result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to consummate other acquisitions and investments.


43


Table of Contents

Covenants in the Indenture and the Certificate of Designation limit, and other future financing agreements may limit, our ability to operate our business.
 
The Indenture and the Certificate of Designation contain, and any of our other future financing agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and financial restrictions on our business. The Indenture requires us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods), we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our ability to make additional borrowings. These agreements may also contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements could also declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in the Indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our, and in certain cases, our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
 
•  incur additional indebtedness;
 
•  create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
•  pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
 
•  make certain restricted payments;
 
•  sell assets;
 
•  engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arms’-length basis; or
 
•  consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
 
The terms of our Preferred Stock provide the holders of the Preferred Stock with consent and voting rights with respect to certain of the matters referred to above and certain corporate governance rights.
 
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain financings or to engage in other business activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Moreover, a default under one of our financing agreements may cause a default on the debt and other financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.
 
Financing covenants could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.
 
We have a significant amount of indebtedness and preferred stock. As of September 30, 2011, on a pro forma basis our total outstanding indebtedness and preferred stock (excluding the indebtedness of our subsidiaries) was $900 million. As of September 30, 2011, the total liabilities of Spectrum Brands were approximately $2.6 billion, including trade payables. As of September 30, 2011, the total liabilities of FGL were approximately $18.9 billion, including approximately $14.5 billion in annuity contractholder funds and approximately $3.6 billion in future policy benefits. Our and our directly held subsidiaries’ significant indebtedness and other financing arrangements could have material consequences. For example, they could:
 
•  make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
 
•  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
 
•  impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
•  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to the payment to our financing sources, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and
 
•  place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors.
 
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.


44


Table of Contents

Our ability to make payments on our financial obligations may depend upon the future performance of our operating subsidiaries and their ability to generate cash flow in the future, which are subject to general economic, industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from our operating subsidiaries, or that future borrowings will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our financial obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs. If the cash flow from our operating subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take actions, such as delaying or reducing investments or acquisitions, attempting to restructure or refinance our financial obligations prior to maturity, selling assets or operations or seeking additional equity capital to supplement cash flow. However, we may be unable to take any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
Future financing activities may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition.
 
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture and the Certificate of Designation, we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness and issue dividend-bearing redeemable equity interests. We expect to incur substantial additional financial obligations to enable us to consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. These obligations could result in:
 
•  default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an investment or acquisition are insufficient to repay our financial obligations;
 
•  acceleration of our obligations to repay the financial obligations even if we make all required payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
 
•  our immediate payment of all amounts owed, if any, if such financial obligations are payable on demand;
 
•  our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if such financial obligations contain covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the financial obligations remain outstanding;
 
•  our inability to pay dividends on our capital stock;
 
•  using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest or dividends on our financial obligations, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
•  limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industries in which we operate;
 
•  an event of default that triggers a cross default with respect to other financial obligations, including the notes and our Preferred Stock;
 
•  increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry, financial, competitive legislative, regulatory and other conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
 
•  limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors.
 
We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock which would dilute the interests of our stockholders and could present other risks.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 7, 2011, we have 139,346,119 shares of our common stock outstanding, and we have issued 400,000 shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible into approximately 60,989,257 shares of our common stock. The holders of our Preferred Stock have certain rights that are senior to those afforded to the holders of our common stock. See “Our Company—The Preferred Stock Issuance”. In addition, we have reserved 17,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the Harbinger Group Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and we have reserved 135,000 shares of common stock


45


Table of Contents

pursuant to previous employee incentive plans under which unexercised awards are outstanding but under which no new awards are being made.
 
We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock to raise additional capital, to raise funds, complete a business combination or as consideration of an acquisition of an operating business or other acquisition, to capitalize new businesses or new or existing businesses of our operating subsidiaries or other employee incentive plans, each of which would dilute the interests of our stockholders and could present other risks.
 
The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock may, among other things:
 
•  significantly dilute the equity interest and voting power of all other stockholders;
 
•  further subordinate the rights of holders of our common stock if further preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;
 
•  call for us to make dividend or other payments not available to the holders of our common stock;
 
•  could cause a change in control of our company if a substantial number of shares of our common stock is issued and/or if the Purchase Price of the Preferred Stock continues to accrete, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards, if any; and
 
•  may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.
 
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we have made and may continue to make other significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during times of volatility in security prices, can have a material impact on the value of our company portfolio.
 
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we have made and may continue to make other significant investments in publicly traded companies, both as long-term acquisition targets and as shorter-term investments. We will either consolidate our investments and subsidiaries or report such investments under the equity method of accounting. Changes in the market prices of the publicly traded securities of these entities could have a material impact on an investor’s perception of the aggregate value of our company portfolio and on the value of the assets we can pledge to creditors for debt financing, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance future acquisitions.
 
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, which will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for other corporate purposes, and such costs and the costs of future investments could adversely affect our financial results and liquidity may be adversely affected.
 
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. These costs will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us for acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes. There is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our estimates. We may continue to incur additional material charges reflecting additional costs associated with our investments and the integration of our acquisitions in fiscal quarters subsequent to the quarter in which the relevant acquisition was consummated.
 
Our ability to dispose of equity interests we hold may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements, by the federal securities laws and by other regulations.
 
When we acquire the equity interests of a company, our investment may be illiquid and, when we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a company, we may be subject to restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands is subject to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in Spectrum Brands. In addition, the shares of Spectrum Brands we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the shares of FGL we acquired in the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and the shares of certain other entities that we have acquired are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under the Securities Act. Our ability to sell such securities could be limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an


46


Table of Contents

effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which, among other things, requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, (iii) another applicable exemption under the Securities Act or (iv) approval of certain regulators. The inability to efficiently sell restricted securities when desired or necessary may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely affect our ability to service our debt.
 
The Principal Stockholders hold a majority of our outstanding common stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of our other stockholders and the holders of the notes. As a result of this ownership, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
The Principal Stockholders beneficially own shares of our outstanding common stock that collectively constitute a substantial majority of our total voting power. Because of this, the Principal Stockholders, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs and have the power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors, the removal of directors, and approval of significant corporate transactions such as amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, subject to the consent and board representation rights of our Preferred Stock. Moreover, a majority of the members of our Board were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or were previously employed by the Principal Stockholders or their affiliates. This influence and actual control may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire HGI because any such transaction would likely require the consent of the Principal Stockholders. In addition, the Principal Stockholders could cause corporate actions to be taken even if the interests of these entities conflict with or are not aligned with the interests of our other stockholders. Matters not directly related to us can nevertheless affect Harbinger Capital’s decisions regarding its investment in us. We are one investment in Harbinger Capital’s portfolio. Numerous considerations regarding Harbinger Capital, including investor contributions and redemptions, portfolio performance, mix and concentration, and portfolio financing arrangements, could influence Harbinger Capital’s decisions whether to maintain, decrease or increase its investment in us.
 
Because of our ownership structure, we qualify for, and rely upon, the “controlled company” exception to the Board and committee composition requirements under the NYSE rules. Pursuant to this exception, we are exempt from rules that would otherwise require that our Board be comprised of a majority of “independent directors” (as defined under the NYSE rules), and that any compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee be comprised solely of “independent directors,” so long as the Principal Stockholders continue to own more than 50% of our combined voting power.
 
Our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
 
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. We have engaged in transactions in which such persons have an interest and, subject to the terms of the Indenture and other applicable covenants in other financing arrangements or other agreements, may in the future enter into additional transactions in which such persons have an interest. In addition, such parties may have an interest in certain transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
 
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and acquisition opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
 
Our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are or may be affiliated. Due to our officers’ and directors’ existing affiliations with other entities, they may have fiduciary obligations to present potential business opportunities to


47


Table of Contents

those entities in addition to presenting them to us, which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For instance, Messrs. Falcone may be required to present investment opportunities to the Principal Stockholders. Accordingly, he may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. To the extent that our officers and directors identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such opportunities. Although the Principal Stockholders have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement with certain holders of our Preferred Stock and subject to certain exceptions, to present to us certain business opportunities in the consumer product, insurance and financial products, agriculture, power generation and water and mineral resources industries, we cannot assure you that the terms of this agreement will be enforced because we are not a party to this agreement and have no ability to enforce its terms.
 
Future acquisitions and dispositions may not require a stockholder vote and may be material to us.
 
Any future acquisitions could be material in size and scope, and our stockholders and potential investors may have virtually no substantive information about any new business upon which to base a decision whether to invest in our common stock. In any event, depending upon the size and structure of any acquisitions, stockholders may not have the opportunity to vote on the transaction, and may not have access to any information about any new business until the transaction is completed and we file a report with the Commission disclosing the nature of such transaction and/or business. Similarly, we may effect material dispositions in the future. Even if a stockholder vote is required for any of our future acquisitions, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, the Principal Stockholders (as long as they continue to own a majority of our outstanding common stock) may approve such transactions by written consent without our other stockholders having an opportunity to vote on such transactions.
 
Our organizational documents contain provisions which may discourage the takeover of our company, may make removal of our management more difficult and may depress our stock price.
 
Our organizational documents contain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect and inhibit a change in our management. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock. As a result, these provisions could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares of common stock above the prevailing market prices. These provisions include:
 
•  the authority of our Board to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of our preferred stock with such terms as our Board may determine;
 
•  special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our Board or by our Secretary upon delivery of a written request executed by three directors (or, if there are fewer than three directors in office at that time, by all incumbent directors);
 
•  a staggered Board as a result of which only one of the three classes of directors is elected each year;
 
•  advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
•  the absence of cumulative voting rights;
 
•  subject to any special rights of the holders of the holders of our Preferred Stock to elect directors, removal of incumbent directors only for cause; and
 
•  the requirement to acquire the approval of the MIA and the New York Insurance Department to acquire 10% or more of our voting stock.
 
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that restrict mergers and other business combinations with an “Interested Stockholder” (as defined) or that may otherwise have the effect of preventing or delaying a change of control of our company. The term “Interested Stockholder” excludes Harbinger


48


Table of Contents

Holdings LLC and any affiliates, including the Principal Stockholders and any other entity controlled or managed, directly or indirectly, by Philip A. Falcone.
 
Changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of loss.
 
Because investments in U.S. government instruments generate only nominal returns, we have established HGI Funding LLC as a vehicle for managing a portion of our excess cash or for investing in possible acquisition targets while we search for additional acquisition opportunities. Investing in securities other than U.S. government investments will likely result in a higher risk of loss to us, particularly in light of uncertain domestic and global political, credit and financial market conditions.
 
As of September 30, 2011, HGI Funding LLC had $39 million in cash, $262 million in equity securities and $13 million in debt securities. As of that date, 20% of its assets consisted of foreign securities and $12.4 million of its debt securities consisted of non-investment grade debt securities.
 
We will need to increase the size of our organization, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.
 
At HGI, the parent company, we do not have significant operating assets and have only nine employees as of September 30, 2011. In connection with the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, and particularly so we may proceed with other acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future growth will increase corporate operating costs and impose significant added responsibilities on members of our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees and implement enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and limit our liquidity.
 
We may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status and our activities may be restricted.
 
We believe that we are not an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) and we intend to continue to make acquisitions and other investments in a manner so as not to be an investment company. The Investment Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that regulate the manner in which investment companies are permitted to conduct their business activities. If the Commission or a court were to disagree with us, we could be required to register as an investment company. This would negatively affect our ability to consummate acquisitions, subject us to disclosure and accounting guidance geared toward investment, rather than operating, companies; limit our ability to borrow money, issue options, issue multiple classes of stock and debt, and engage in transactions with affiliates; and require us to undertake significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure and regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a registered investment company. In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that we do not own or acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. To ensure that majority-owned investments, such as Spectrum Brands, do not become categorized as “investment securities,” we may need to make additional investments in these subsidiaries to offset any dilution of our interest that would otherwise cause such a subsidiary to cease to be majority-owned. We may also need to forego acquisitions that we would otherwise make or retain or dispose of investments that we might otherwise sell or hold.
 
We may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on future undistributed personal holding company income if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses.
 
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subjects a corporation that is a “personal holding company” (“PHC”), as defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on “undistributed personal holding


49


Table of Contents

company income” in addition to the corporation’s normal income tax. Generally, undistributed personal holding company income is based on taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income (“PHC Income”) is comprised primarily of passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
 
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year and expect to report a net operating loss for 2011. However, so long as the Principal Stockholders and their affiliates hold more than 50% in value of our outstanding common stock at any time during any future tax year, it is possible that we will be a PHC if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income consists of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to this tax in the future, which, in turn, may materially adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, and in turn our ability to make debt service payments on the notes. In addition, if we are subject to this tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.
 
Agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital resources.
 
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be subject to risks resulting from these transactions. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”
 
From time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine litigation incidental to our or their current or prior businesses or not material to our consolidated financial position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured against, our business, results of operations, cash flows and/or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our Board are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
 
There may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition, investment, holding and disposition of target companies and assets.
 
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from, and operating target companies and assets and disposing of target companies or their assets. Our decisions to make a particular acquisition, sell a particular asset or increase or decrease a particular investment may be based on considerations other than the timing and amount of taxes owed as a result.


50


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting and to report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our internal controls could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired businesses, businesses that we may acquire in the future, and newly formed businesses or entities. We cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future.
 
Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we did not maintain effective controls over the application and monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the application of generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009. As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could adversely affect our future results of operations or financial condition.
 
In addition, when we acquire a company that was not previously subject to U.S. public company requirements or did not previously prepare financial statements in accordance with US GAAP such as FGL, we may incur significant additional costs in order to ensure that after such acquisition we continue to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other public company requirements, which in turn would reduce our earnings and negatively affect our liquidity or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal controls and may not be otherwise set up for public company reporting. The development of an adequate financial reporting system and the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
 
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the Commission, or other regulatory authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our reporting obligations with the Commission may cause an event of default to occur under the Indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt we incur in the future. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, HGI is exempt from certain reports otherwise required under Section 404 with respect to FGL due to FGL’s status as an acquisition made within the last year.
 
Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.
 
As permitted by Delaware law, we have included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. Our bylaws also provide that we are required to indemnify our directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we will be required to advance expenses to our directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. In addition, we may, by action of our Board, provide indemnification and advance expenses to our officers, employees and agents (other than directors),


51


Table of Contents

to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary of our company, and to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at our request, with the same scope and effect as the indemnification of our directors provided in our bylaws.
 
Price fluctuations in our common stock could result from general market and economic conditions and a variety of other factors, including factors that affect the volatility of the common stock of any of our publicly held subsidiaries.
 
The trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to a number of factors beyond our control, including:
 
•  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations and the performance of our subsidiaries and their competitors;
 
•  reaction of the market to our announcement of any future acquisitions or investments;
 
•  the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Commission;
 
•  changes in general economic conditions;
 
•  actions of our historical equity investors, including sales of common stock by our the Principal Stockholders, our directors and our executive officers; and
 
•  actions by institutional investors trading in our stock.
 
In addition, the trading price of our common stock could be subject to fluctuations in response to a number of factors that affect the volatility of the common stock of any of our subsidiaries, such as Spectrum Brands, that are publicly traded.
 
Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock may adversely affect our market price.
 
Shares of our common stock held by the Principal Stockholders are “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and held by them as our affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. However, in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we have granted registration rights to the Principal Stockholders under a registration rights agreement to facilitate the resale of their shares of our common stock. Under this registration rights agreement, the Principal Stockholders have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares under the federal securities laws. By exercising their registration rights, and selling all or a portion of their shares, the Principal Stockholders could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, the shares of our common stock owned by the Principal Stockholders may also be sold in the public market under Rule 144 of the Securities Act after the applicable holding period and manner and volume of sales requirements have been met, subject to the restrictions and limitations of that Rule. As of September 30, 2011, the holding period requirement for the shares of our common stock held by the Principal Stockholders has been met.
Furthermore, the holders of our outstanding Preferred Stock have certain rights to convert their Preferred Stock into an aggregate amount of 60,989,257 shares of our common stock. See “Item 1 — Our Company — Certain Significant Transactions — The Preferred Stock Issuance.” If these rights are exercised in full, it might also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock into the public market, or perceptions in the market that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.
 
The market liquidity for our common stock is relatively low and may make it difficult to purchase or sell our stock.
 
The average daily trading volume in our stock during the twelve month periods ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2011 was approximately 16 thousand and 42 thousand shares, respectively. Although a more active


52


Table of Contents

trading market may develop in the future, there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any markets that may develop for our common stock or the prices at which holders may be able to sell our common stock and the limited market liquidity for our stock could affect a stockholder’s ability to sell at a price satisfactory to that stockholder.
 
Risks Related to Spectrum Brands
 
Spectrum Brands may not realize the anticipated benefits of the SB/RH Merger.
 
The SB/RH Merger involved the integration of two companies that previously operated independently. The integration of Spectrum Brands’ operations with those of Russell Hobbs is expected to result in financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues and cost savings. There can be no assurance, however, regarding when or the extent to which Spectrum Brands will be able to realize these increased revenues, cost savings or other benefits. Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to delay because of possible company culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps. Spectrum Brands must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are dissimilar. In some instances, Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs have served the same customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated with integration could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Integrating Spectrum Brands’ business with that of Russell Hobbs may divert its management’s attention away from operations.
 
Successful integration of Spectrum Brands’ and Russell Hobbs’ operations, products and personnel may place a significant burden on Spectrum Brands’ management and other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process could harm Spectrum Brands’ business, financial conditions and operating results.
 
Because Spectrum Brands’ consolidated financial statements are required to reflect fresh-start reporting adjustments to be made upon emergence from bankruptcy, financial information in Spectrum Brands’ financial statements prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to its financial information from prior periods.
 
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start reporting were met upon SBI’s emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). However, in light of the proximity of that date to SBI’s accounting period close immediately following the Effective Date, which was August 30, 2009, SBI elected to adopt a convenience date of August 30, 2009 for recording fresh-start reporting. SBI adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 852: “Reorganizations,” pursuant to which SBI’s reorganization value, which is intended to reflect the fair value of the entity before considering liabilities and to approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the entity immediately after the reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. SBI stated its liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at a present value of amounts expected to be paid. The amount remaining after allocation of the reorganization value to the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets was reflected as goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation for impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, the data derived from SBI’s and Spectrum Brands’ consolidated statements of financial position and operations as of dates and for the periods after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable in many respects to that derived from the consolidated statements of financial position and operations as of dates and for periods prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The lack of comparable historical information may discourage investors from purchasing Spectrum Brands’ securities.


53


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands is a parent company and its primary source of cash is and will be distributions from its subsidiaries.
 
Spectrum Brands is a parent company with limited business operations of its own. Its main asset is the capital stock of its subsidiaries, including SBI. SBI conducts most of its business operations through its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, SBI’s primary sources of cash are dividends and distributions with respect to its ownership interests in its subsidiaries that are derived from their earnings and cash flow. Spectrum Brands’ and SBI’s subsidiaries might not generate sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or distributions in the future. Spectrum Brands’ and SBI’s subsidiaries’ payments to their respective parent will be contingent upon their earnings and upon other business considerations. In addition, SBI’s senior credit facilities, the indentures governing its senior and subordinated notes and other agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands expects that future credit facilities and financing arrangements of SBI will contain similar restrictions.
 
SBI’s substantial indebtedness may limit its financial and operating flexibility, and it may incur additional debt, which could increase the risks associated with its substantial indebtedness.
 
SBI has, and expects to continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2011, SBI had total indebtedness under its Senior Secured Facilities, its 12% Notes and other debt of approximately $1.6 billion. Subsequent to September 30, 2011 SBI incurred an additional $200 million of indebtedness by issuing additional senior notes. SBI’s substantial indebtedness has had, and could continue to have, material adverse consequences for its business, and may:
 
•  require it to dedicate a large portion of its cash flow to pay principal and interest on its indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of its cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and other business activities;
 
•  increase its vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions;
 
•  limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which it operates;
 
•  restrict its ability to make strategic acquisitions, dispositions or exploit business opportunities;
 
•  place it at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have less debt; and
 
•  limit its ability to borrow additional funds (even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
 
Under SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture, SBI may incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to its existing debt levels, the related risks that it now faces would increase.
 
Furthermore, a substantial portion of SBI’s debt bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest rate on its variable rate debt will increase and will create higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect its cash flow and could adversely impact its results of operations. While SBI may enter into agreements limiting its exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
 
Restrictive covenants in SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture may restrict SBI’s ability to pursue its business strategies.
 
SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture each restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock, loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture also contain customary events of default. These covenants, among other things, limit SBI’s ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or otherwise realize the value of its assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In addition, SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities contain financial


54


Table of Contents

covenants relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage. Such covenants could limit the flexibility of SBI’s restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which they operate. SBI’s ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain events outside of its control. If SBI is unable to comply with these covenants, the lenders under the SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities or SBI’s 12% Notes could terminate their commitments and the lenders under SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities or SBI’s 12% Notes could accelerate repayment of its outstanding borrowings, and, in either case, SBI may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing of outstanding borrowings on favorable terms. If SBI is unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under SBI’s Senior Secured Facilities or SBI’s 12% Notes will also have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness owed to them. If SBI’s obligations under the its Senior Secured Facilities or its 12% Notes are accelerated, it cannot assure you that its assets would be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.
 
The sale or other disposition by HGI, the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands’ common stock, to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of Spectrum Brands would constitute a change of control under the agreements governing SBI’s debt.
 
HGI owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Spectrum Brands. The sale or other disposition by HGI to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of Spectrum Brands could constitute a change of control under the agreements governing SBI’s debt, including any foreclosure on or sale of Spectrum Brands’ common stock pledged as collateral by HGI pursuant to the Indenture. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a change of control were to occur, SBI would be required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a default. If SBI was unable to get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility. In addition, under the indenture governing the 9.5% Notes and the 2019 Indenture, upon a change of control of Spectrum Brands, SBI is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default from the holders of such notes. If SBI was unable to make the change of control offer or to obtain a waiver of default, it would be an event of default under the indentures that could allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes.
 
Spectrum Brands faces risks related to the current economic environment.
 
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the global financial system has had and may continue to have an impact on Spectrum Brands’ business and financial condition. Global economic conditions have significantly impacted economic markets within certain sectors, with financial services and retail businesses being particularly impacted. Spectrum Brands’ ability to generate revenue depends significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could impact consumer and customer demand for Spectrum Brands’ products or its ability to manage normal commercial relationships with its customers, suppliers and creditors. The recent continuation of a number of negative economic factors, including constraints on the supply of credit to households, uncertainty and weakness in the labor market and general consumer fears of a continuing economic downturn could have a negative impact on discretionary consumer spending. If the economy continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, Spectrum Brands’ business could be negatively impacted, including as a result of reduced demand for its products or supplier or customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on its revenues, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Spectrum Brands’ ability to access the capital markets may be restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial to do so, which could have an impact on its flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions.
 
In 2010 and 2011, concern over sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland and certain other European Union countries caused significant fluctuations of the Euro relative to other currencies, such as the U.S. Dollar. Criticism of excessive national debt among certain European Union countries has led to credit downgrades of the sovereign debt of several countries in the region, and uncertainty about the future status of the Euro. Destabilization of the European economy could lead to a decrease in consumer confidence, which could cause reductions in discretionary spending and demand for Spectrum Brands’ products. Furthermore, sovereign debt issues could also lead to further


55


Table of Contents

significant, and potentially longer-term, economic issues such as reduced economic growth and devaluation of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar, any of which could adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial conditions and operating results.
 
Spectrum Brands may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially affect its business and require it to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
 
Spectrum Brands is highly dependent on the continuing efforts of its senior management team and other key personnel. As a result of the Merger, SBI’s current and prospective employees could experience uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure to attract and retain key personnel, whether as a result of the Merger or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business. In addition, Spectrum Brands currently does not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of its management team.
 
Spectrum Brands participates in very competitive markets and it may not be able to compete successfully, causing it to lose market share and sales.
 
The markets in which Spectrum Brands participates are very competitive. In the consumer battery market, its primary competitors are Duracell (a brand of The Procter & Gamble Company), Energizer and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd.). In the electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product markets, its primary competitors are Braun (a brand of Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a brand of Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV), and Vidal Sassoon and Revlon (brands of Helen of Troy Limited). In the pet supplies market, its primary competitors are Mars Corporation, The Hartz Mountain Corporation and Central Garden & Pet Company. In the Home and Garden Business, its principal national competitors are The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Spectrum Brands’ principal national competitors within the Small Appliances segment include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In each of these markets, Spectrum Brands also faces competition from numerous other companies. In addition, in a number of its product lines, Spectrum Brands competes with its retail customers, who use their own private label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased competition from existing competitors may adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of its operations.
 
Spectrum Brands competes with its competitors for consumer acceptance and limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived product quality, price, performance, product features and enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies, and new product introductions. Spectrum Brands’ ability to compete in these consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
•  Spectrum Brands competes against many well-established companies that may have substantially greater financial and other resources, including personnel and research and development, and greater overall market share than Spectrum Brands.
 
•  In some key product lines, Spectrum Brands’ competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than it, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
 
•  Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by competitors may weaken consumer demand for Spectrum Brands’ products.
 
•  Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels where Spectrum Brands does not have a strong presence.
 
•  Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or products other than those Spectrum Brands markets.


56


Table of Contents

 
•  Spectrum Brands may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to its existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance.
 
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with Spectrum Brands. As a result of this competition, Spectrum Brands could lose market share and sales, or be forced to reduce its prices to meet competition. If its product offerings are unable to compete successfully, its sales, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Spectrum Brands may not be able to realize expected benefits and synergies from future acquisitions of businesses or product lines.
 
Spectrum Brands may acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or lines of products. The acquisition of a business or the rights to market specific products or use specific product names may involve a financial commitment by Spectrum Brands, either in the form of cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such commitments are usually in the form of prepaid royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no guarantee that Spectrum Brands will acquire businesses or product distribution rights that will contribute positively to its earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not meet expectations, and acquired businesses may carry unexpected liabilities.
 
Sales of Spectrum Brands’ products fluctuate in difficult to forecast ways, including seasonal variation, economic cycles, competitive pressures and changes in consumer tastes and needs, and such fluctuations may cause Spectrum Brands’ operating results and working capital requirements to fluctuate.
 
Sales of Spectrum Brands’ products are difficult to predict and requires complicated forecasting. If product demand decreases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, our production capacity could be under-utilized, while if product demand increases, we may not be able to add production capacity fast enough to meet market demand. These changes in demand for our products, and changes in our customers’ product needs, could have a variety of negative effects on our competitive position and our financial results, and, in certain cases, may reduce our revenue, increase our costs or require us to recognize impairments of our assets.
 
Furthermore, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. On a consolidated basis, Spectrum Brands’ financial results are approximately equally weighted between quarters. However, sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrum Brands’ first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year (Spectrum Brands’ second and third fiscal quarters). Small Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales and in the fall for the holiday season. In addition, orders from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the applicable peak season, making forecasting of production schedules and inventory purchases difficult.
 
As a result of these sales fluctuations due to consumer demand, Spectrum Brands’ inventory and working capital needs fluctuate significantly. If Spectrum Brands is unable to accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or its working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in business or economic conditions during these periods, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Spectrum Brands is subject to significant international business risks that could hurt its business and cause its results of operations to fluctuate.
 
Approximately 44% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales for the fiscal year 2011 were from customers outside of the U.S. Spectrum Brands’ pursuit of international growth opportunities may require significant investments for an


57


Table of Contents

extended period before returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Its international operations are subject to risks including, among others:
 
•  currency fluctuations, including, without limitation, fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
 
•  changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or demand for its products in these markets;
 
•  the risk that because its brand names may not be locally recognized, Spectrum Brands must spend significant amounts of time and money to build brand recognition without certainty that it will be successful;
 
•  labor unrest;
 
•  political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters, financial crises or otherwise;
 
•  lack of developed infrastructure;
 
•  longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts;
 
•  restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
•  import and export duties and quotas, as well as general transportation costs;
 
•  changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
 
•  changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting its ability to hire and retain employees;
 
•  inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign countries;
 
•  unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
 
•  difficulty in complying with foreign law;
 
•  difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
 
•  adverse tax consequences.
 
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ ability to increase or maintain its supply of products, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Adverse weather conditions during its peak selling season for Spectrum Brands’ home and garden control products could have a material adverse effect.
 
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on the timing and volume of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands’ lawn and garden and household insecticide and repellent products. For example, periods of dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides.
 
Spectrum Brands’ products utilize certain key raw materials; any increase in the price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw materials could have a material and adverse effect on its business, financial condition and profits.
 
The principal raw materials used to produce Spectrum Brands’ products — including zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic materials, steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for packaging) — are sourced either on a global or regional basis by Spectrum Brands or its suppliers, and the prices of those raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances. In particular, during 2008 and 2010, and to date in 2011, Spectrum Brands experienced extraordinary price increases for raw materials, particularly as a result of strong demand from China. Although Spectrum Brands may increase the prices of certain of its goods to its customers, it may not be able to pass all of these cost increases on to its customers. As a result, its margins may be adversely impacted by such cost increases. Spectrum Brands cannot provide any assurance that its sources of supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on its profitability and results of operations.


58


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands regularly engages in forward purchase and hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively manage and stabilize some of the raw material costs it expects to incur over the next 12 to 24 months. However, Spectrum Brands’ hedging positions may not be effective, or may not anticipate beneficial trends, in a particular raw material market or may, as a result of changes in its business, no longer be useful for it. In addition, for certain of the principal raw materials Spectrum Brands uses to produce its products, such as electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there are no available effective hedging markets. If these efforts are not effective or expose Spectrum Brands to above average costs for an extended period of time, and Spectrum Brands is unable to pass its raw materials costs on to its customers, its future profitability may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established agreed upon costs. Spectrum Brands may be unable to pass these fuel surcharges on to its customers, which may have an adverse effect on its profitability and results of operations.
 
In addition, Spectrum Brands has exclusivity arrangements and minimum purchase requirements with certain of its suppliers for the Home and Garden Business, which increase its dependence upon and exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include caps on the price Spectrum Brands pays for its supplies and in certain instances, these caps have allowed Spectrum Brands to purchase materials at below market prices. When Spectrum Brands attempts to renew those contracts, the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below market prices paid by Spectrum Brands prior to the renewal of the agreement. Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive prices could materially adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands may not be able to fully utilize its U.S. net operating loss carryforwards.
 
As of September 30, 2011, Spectrum Brands had U.S. Federal and state and local net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,163 million and $1,197 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in 2031. As of September 30, 2011, Spectrum Brands’ management determined that it continues to be more likely than not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain indefinite lived intangibles, will not be realized in the future and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset the net U.S. deferred tax asset, including its net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, Spectrum Brands has had changes of ownership, as defined under Section 382 of the Code, that continue to subject a significant amount of Spectrum Brands’ U.S. net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain limitations.
 
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica Incorporated in December of 2007 (which created Russell Hobbs), as well as earlier business combinations and issuances of common stock consummated by both companies, use of the tax benefits of Russell Hobbs’ loss carryforwards is also subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Code. Spectrum Brands expects that a significant portion of these carryforwards will not be available to offset future taxable income, if any. In addition, use of Russell Hobbs’ net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is dependent upon both Russell Hobbs and Spectrum Brands achieving profitable results in the future. The Russell Hobbs’ net operating loss carryforwards are subject to a full valuation allowance as of September 30, 2011.
 
Spectrum Brands estimates that approximately $302 million of the SBI and Russell Hobbs U.S. federal net operating losses and $385 million of the SBI and Russell Hobbs state net operating losses would expire unused even if its generates sufficient income to otherwise use all its net operating losses, due to the limitation in Section 382 of the Code.
 
If Spectrum Brands is unable to fully utilize its net operating losses, other than those restricted under Section 382 of the Code, as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated in the future, its results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted.


59


Table of Contents

Consolidation of retailers and Spectrum Brands’ dependence on a small number of key customers for a significant percentage of its sales may negatively affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of Spectrum Brands’ sales are attributable to a very limited group of customers. Spectrum Brands’ largest customer accounted for approximately 24% of its consolidated net sales for the Fiscal Year 2011. As these mass merchandisers and retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may demand lower pricing, special packaging, or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics, or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions, reductions in their purchases, changes in their financial condition or loss of their accounts could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Although Spectrum Brands has long-established relationships with many of its customers, it does not have long-term agreements with them and purchases are generally made through the use of individual purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the retail industry in general could have a material adverse effect on its sales and profitability.
 
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among them to purchase products on a “just-in-time” basis. Due to a number of factors, including (i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing patterns and (iii) the potential for material price increases, Spectrum Brands may be required to shorten its lead-time for production and more closely anticipate its retailers’ and customers’ demands, which could in the future require it to carry additional inventories and increase its working capital and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In addition, if Spectrum Brands’ retailers significantly change their inventory management strategies, Spectrum Brands may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders or in liquidating excess inventories, or may find that customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may have a material adverse effect on its business.
 
Furthermore, Spectrum Brands primarily sells branded products and a move by one or more of its large customers to sell significant quantities of private label products that Spectrum Brands does not produce on their behalf and which directly compete with Spectrum Brands’ products, could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of its international operations, Spectrum Brands faces a number of risks related to exchange rates and foreign currencies.
 
Spectrum Brands’ international sales and certain of its expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, approximately 44% of Spectrum Brands’ net sales and 45% of its operating expenses were denominated in foreign currencies. Spectrum Brands expects that the amount of its revenues and expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as its Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and, as a result, its exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will affect its cost of goods sold and its operating margins and could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect Spectrum Brands’ sales to, purchases from and loans to its subsidiaries as well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with its customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in foreign currencies.
 
Spectrum Brands sources many products from China and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) or other currencies appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, it may experience fluctuations in its results of operations. Since 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged to the U.S. dollar at a constant exchange rate and instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the People’s Bank of China regularly intervenes in the


60


Table of Contents

foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate within a flexible peg range against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.
 
While Spectrum Brands may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and it may not be able to successfully hedge its exposure to currency fluctuations.
 
Further, Spectrum Brands may not be successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and, thus, its results of operations may be adversely impacted.
 
A deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of Spectrum Brands’ products.
 
Spectrum Brands purchases a number of its products and supplies from suppliers located in China. China gained Permanent Normal Trade Relations (“PNTR”) with the U.S. when it acceded to the World Trade Organization (“WTO”), effective January 2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest applicable tariffs on exports from PNTR countries to the U.S. In order to maintain its WTO membership, China has agreed to several requirements, including the elimination of caps on foreign ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs and publicizing its laws. China may not meet these requirements and, as a result, it may not remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading status may not be maintained. If China’s WTO membership is withdrawn or if PNTR status for goods produced in China were removed, there could be a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese origin entering the U.S. which could have a material negative adverse effect on its sales and gross margin. Furthermore, on October 11, 2011, the U.S. Senate approved a bill to impose sanctions against China for its currency valuation, although the future status of this bill is uncertain. If this bill is enacted into law, the U.S. government may impose duties on products from China and other countries found to be subsidizing their exports by undervaluing their currencies, which may increase the costs of goods produced in China, or prompt China to retaliate with other tariffs or other actions. Any such series of events could have a material negative adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ sales and gross margin.
 
Spectrum Brands’ international operations may expose it to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries.
 
Spectrum Brands is subject to three EU Directives that may have a material impact on its business: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires Spectrum Brands to eliminate specified hazardous materials from products it sells in EU member states. Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires Spectrum Brands to collect and treat, dispose of or recycle certain products it manufactures or imports into the EU at its own expense. The EU Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of these batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems, with the costs imposed upon producers and importers such as Spectrum Brands. The costs associated with maintaining compliance or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm Spectrum Brands’ business. For example:
 
•  Although contracts with its suppliers address related compliance issues, Spectrum Brands may be unable to procure appropriate Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality and/or be able to incorporate it into Spectrum Brands’ product procurement processes without compromising quality and/or harming its cost structure.
 
•  Spectrum Brands may face excess and obsolete inventory risk related to non-compliant inventory that it may continue to hold in fiscal 2011 for which there is reduced demand, and it may need to write down the carrying value of such inventories.
 
•  Spectrum Brands may be unable to sell certain existing inventories of its batteries in Europe.


61


Table of Contents

 
Many of the developing countries in which Spectrum Brands operates do not have significant governmental regulation relating to environmental safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. or may not rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the expense of doing business in these countries. In addition, social legislation in many countries in which Spectrum Brands operates may result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing manufacturing facilities. Increases in Spectrum Brands’ costs as a result of increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could materially and adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Spectrum Brands may not be able to adequately establish and protect its intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of its intellectual property rights could harm its business.
 
To establish and protect its intellectual property rights, Spectrum Brands relies upon a combination of national, foreign and multi-national patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements. The measures that Spectrum Brands takes to protect its intellectual property rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating its intellectual property. Spectrum Brands may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend its intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by Spectrum Brands, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service mark or trade dress also used by Spectrum Brands, in order to protect its rights, it may have to participate in expensive and time consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign agency. Similarly, its intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation costs, may be material. For example, Spectrum Brands’ Small Appliances segment spent several million dollars on protecting the patented automatic litter box business over the last few years. Furthermore, even if Spectrum Brands’ intellectual property rights are not directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to the weakening or invalidation of its intellectual property rights, or its competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to its technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
 
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which Spectrum Brands operates or may operate in the future do not protect, and the governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce, intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws and government of the U.S., which may negate Spectrum Brands’ competitive or technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the technology underlying Spectrum Brands’ products is the subject of nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this technology could be made available to Spectrum Brands’ competitors at any time. If Spectrum Brands is unable to establish and then adequately protect its intellectual property rights, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Spectrum Brands licenses various trademarks, trade names and patents from third parties for certain of its products. These licenses generally place marketing obligations on Spectrum Brands and require Spectrum Brands to pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically, these licenses may be terminated if Spectrum Brands fails to satisfy certain minimum sales obligations or if it breaches the terms of the license. The termination of these licensing arrangements could adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands’ Global Batteries & Appliances segment licenses the use of the Black & Decker brand for marketing in certain small household appliances in North America, South America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean. Sales of Black & Decker branded products represented approximately 14% of the total consolidated revenue in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011. In July 2011, BDC extended the license agreement through December 2015. The failure to renew the license agreement with BDC or to enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.


62


Table of Contents

Claims by third parties that Spectrum Brands is infringing their intellectual property and other litigation could adversely affect its business.
 
From time to time in the past, Spectrum Brands has been subject to claims that it is infringing the intellectual property of others. Spectrum Brands currently is the subject of such claims and it is possible that third parties will assert infringement claims against Spectrum Brands in the future. An adverse finding against Spectrum Brands in these or similar trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive, and may require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the resources of management and technical personnel, cause product delays or require Spectrum Brands to enter into licensing or other agreements in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable intellectual property. If Spectrum Brands is deemed to be infringing a third party’s intellectual property and is unable to continue using that intellectual property as it had been, its business and results of operations could be harmed if it is unable to successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual property on a timely basis or license non-infringing alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in intellectual property litigation could subject Spectrum Brands to significant liability, as well as require Spectrum Brands to cease developing, manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on Spectrum Brands’ proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes its ability to develop and commercialize its products could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands’ dependence on a few suppliers and one of its U.S. facilities for certain of its products makes it vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of its products.
 
Although Spectrum Brands has long-standing relationships with many of its suppliers, it generally does not have long-term contracts with them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations:
 
•  its ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers;
 
•  the terms and conditions upon which it purchases products from its suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport costs and other costs, its suppliers’ willingness to extend credit to it to finance its inventory purchases and other factors beyond its control;
 
•  financial condition of its suppliers;
 
•  political instability in the countries in which its suppliers are located;
 
•  its ability to import outsourced products;
 
•  its suppliers’ noncompliance with applicable laws, trade restrictions and tariffs; or
 
•  its suppliers’ ability to manufacture and deliver outsourced products according to its standards of quality on a timely and efficient basis.
 
If Spectrum Brands’ relationship with one of its key suppliers is adversely affected, Spectrum Brands may not be able to quickly or effectively replace such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or other specialized production equipment or processes used by such supplier in the manufacture of its products.
 
In addition, Spectrum Brands manufactures the majority of its foil cutting systems for its shaving product lines, using specially designed machines and proprietary cutting technology, at its Portage, Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or prolonged interruption in the operations of this facility for repairs, as a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on its ability to manufacture and sell its foil shaving products which could in turn harm its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands faces risks related to its sales of products obtained from third-party suppliers.
 
Spectrum Brands sells a significant number of products that are manufactured by third party suppliers over which it has no direct control. While Spectrum Brands has implemented processes and procedures to try to ensure that the


63


Table of Contents

suppliers it uses are complying with all applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations. Noncompliance could result in Spectrum Brands’ marketing and distribution of contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could subject it to liabilities and could result in the imposition by governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could restrict or eliminate its ability to purchase products from non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of these effects could adversely affect Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Class action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations, regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands and certain of its officers and directors have been named in the past, and may be named in the future, as defendants of class action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, Spectrum Brands has also received requests for information from government authorities. Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action lawsuits and other government investigations may result in significant cost to Spectrum Brands, which may not be covered by insurance, may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands may be exposed to significant product liability claims which its insurance may not cover and which could harm its reputation.
 
In the ordinary course of its business, Spectrum Brands may be named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the matters may remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, results of operations and financial condition if it is unable to successfully defend against or settle these matters or if its insurance coverage is insufficient to satisfy any judgments against Spectrum Brands or settlements relating to these matters. Although Spectrum Brands has product liability insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, its insurance policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any, claims against Spectrum Brands or may not be sufficient to cover all possible liabilities. Additionally, Spectrum Brands does not maintain product recall insurance. Spectrum Brands may not be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from claims made against Spectrum Brands, even if the claims were not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and sales of its products. In particular, product recalls or product liability claims challenging the safety of Spectrum Brands’ products may result in a decline in sales for a particular product. This could be true even if the claims themselves are ultimately settled for immaterial amounts. This type of adverse publicity could occur and product liability claims could be made in the future.
 
Spectrum Brands may incur material capital and other costs due to environmental liabilities.
 
Spectrum Brands is subject to a broad range of federal, state, local, foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
 
•  discharges to the air, water and land;
 
•  the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes; and
 
•  remediation of contamination associated with release of hazardous substances at its facilities and at off-site disposal locations.
 
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in Spectrum Brands’ business. As a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future. In particular, it may incur capital and other costs to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed above. Moreover, there are proposed international accords and treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and regulations that would attempt to control or limit the causes of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. In the event that the U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate change laws or regulations or make changes to existing


64


Table of Contents

laws or regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may result in increased manufacturing costs for Spectrum Brands’ products, such as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or changing the ways in which certain of its products are made. Spectrum Brands may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed on to it from its third-party suppliers. Although Spectrum Brands believes that it is substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations at its facilities, it may not always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, Spectrum Brands has been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of its properties or former properties. Spectrum Brands has not conducted invasive testing at all of its facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of its facilities and the nature of its operations, material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with its current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of its manufacturing facilities is discovered, Spectrum Brands could be required to incur material unforeseen expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Spectrum Brands is currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at a few of its facilities and any liabilities arising from such investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a material effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands is also subject to proceedings related to its disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which it is responsible as a result of its relationship with such other parties. These proceedings are under CERCLA or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. Spectrum Brands occasionally is identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where Spectrum Brands has been notified of its status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine if Spectrum Brands’ potential liability, if any, will be material or it does not believe that its liability, if any, will be material. Spectrum Brands may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not currently known to Spectrum Brands, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Compliance with various public health, consumer protection and other regulations applicable to Spectrum Brands’ products and facilities could increase its cost of doing business and expose Spectrum Brands to additional requirements with which Spectrum Brands may be unable to comply.
 
Certain of Spectrum Brands’ products sold through, and facilities operated under, each of its business segments are regulated by the EPA, the FDA or other federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Spectrum Brands’ inability to obtain, or the cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether its competitors were similarly affected. Spectrum Brands attempts to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients, but it may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
 
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of Spectrum Brands’ products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “Consumer Commission”) to exclude from the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could require Spectrum Brands to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of its products, or it may voluntarily do so. For example, Russell Hobbs, in cooperation with the Consumer Commission, voluntarily recalled approximately 9,800 units of a thermal coffeemaker sold under the


65


Table of Contents

Black & Decker brand in August 2009 and approximately 584,000 coffeemakers in June 2009. Any additional repurchases or recalls of Spectrum Brands’ products could be costly to it and could damage the reputation or the value of its brands. If Spectrum Brands is required to remove, or it voluntarily removes its products from the market, its reputation or brands could be tarnished and it may have large quantities of finished products that could not be sold. Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being assessed against Spectrum Brands. Additionally, laws regulating certain consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other countries in which Spectrum Brands sells its products, and more restrictive laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
 
The FQPA established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of Spectrum Brands’ products that are sold through the Home and Garden Business continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide Spectrum Brands uses in its products will be limited or made unavailable to Spectrum Brands. Spectrum Brands cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in its products.
 
In addition, the use of certain pesticide products that are sold by Spectrum Brands may, among other things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies. These regulations may require that only certified or professional users apply the product, that users post notices on properties where products have been or will be applied or that certain ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health regulations could increase Spectrum Brands’ cost of doing business and expose Spectrum Brands to additional requirements with which it may be unable to comply.
 
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in Spectrum Brands incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales of its pest control products. Environmental law requirements, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and could require Spectrum Brands to incur significant expenses.
 
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., an independent, not-for-profit corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance with certain public safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer products. Spectrum Brands’ products may not meet the specifications required by these authorities. A determination that any of Spectrum Brands’ products are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants.
 
Public perceptions that some of the products Spectrum Brands produces and markets are not safe could adversely affect Spectrum Brands.
 
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property. Public perception that any of its products are not safe, whether justified or not, could impair Spectrum Brands’ reputation, damage its brand names and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If Spectrum Brands is unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, it may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and its results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
 
Approximately 31% of Spectrum Brands’ total labor force is employed under collective bargaining agreements. There are five collective bargaining agreements that will expire during our fiscal year ending September 30, 2012, which cover approximately 78% of the labor force under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 24% of Spectrum Brands’ total labor force. While Spectrum Brands currently expects to negotiate continuations to the terms of these agreements, there can be no assurances that it will be able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to it or otherwise to reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition, in the course of its business, Spectrum


66


Table of Contents

Brands may also become subject to additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements may be on terms that are less favorable than those under its current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less favorable than existing collective bargaining agreements, could adversely affect the operation of Spectrum Brands’ business, including through increased labor expenses. While it intends to comply with all collective bargaining agreements to which it is subject, there can be no assurances that Spectrum Brands will be able to do so and any noncompliance could subject it to disruptions in its operations and materially and adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.
 
Significant changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount rates and other factors could affect Spectrum Brands’ results of operations, equity and pension contributions in future periods.
 
Spectrum Brands’ results of operations may be positively or negatively affected by the amount of income or expense it records for its defined benefit pension plans. US GAAP requires that Spectrum Brands calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions Spectrum Brands used to estimate pension income or expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, Spectrum Brands is required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant change to equity. Although pension expense and pension funding contributions are not directly related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would also likely affect the amount of cash Spectrum Brands would contribute to pension plans as required under ERISA.
 
If Spectrum Brands’ goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets become impaired, Spectrum Brands will be required to record additional impairment charges, which may be significant.
 
A significant portion of Spectrum Brands’ long-term assets consist of goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past acquisitions as well as through fresh start reporting. Spectrum Brands does not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather reviews them for impairment on a periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Spectrum Brands considers whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of its goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value.
 
The steps required by US GAAP entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances that may indicate that there may be impairment and which may indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include, but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic; political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions that drive valuation considerations by market participants; Spectrum Brands’ internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and the assumptions it makes when performing impairment reviews; a significant decrease in the market price of its assets; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which its assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect its assets; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset. As a result of such circumstances, Spectrum Brands may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in its financial statements during the period in which any impairment of its goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands’ business, financial condition and operating results.


67


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and Related Arrangements
 
If HFG fails to replace the CARVM Facility by December 31, 2015, OM Group can foreclose on the shares of FGL and FGL Insurance Company that HFG owns.
 
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, HFG must replace the CARVM Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31, 2015, with a facility that enables FGL Insurance to take full credit on its statutory financial statements for the business covered under the CARVM Facility or, alternatively, HFG may cause FGL Insurance to recapture the CARVM Facility on or before December 31, 2015 given reserves are anticipated to be less than $50 million at that point. In order to secure these and certain other secured obligations, HFG and FGL have pledged to OM Group the Pledged Shares. If HFG is unable to replace the CARVM Facility by December 31, 2015 or otherwise defaults on its obligations under the CARVM Facility or other secured obligations, OM Group has the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Shares and, at OM Group’s option, subject to regulatory approval of a change of control, cause the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group (or a nominee of OM Group). OM Group would thereafter be able to exercise (i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to such shares at any shareholders meeting and (ii) any rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM Group were the sole owner thereof. The intercompany loans acquired by HFG are not pledged for the benefit of OM Group.
 
If OM Group were to foreclose on the Pledged Shares it would result in HFG’s total loss of the business of FGL and FGL Insurance and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (including FGL NY Insurance) and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially affect its business and require it to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
 
FGL is highly dependent on its senior management team and other key personnel for the operation and development of its business. As a result of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL’s current and prospective management team and employees could experience uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may adversely affect FGL’s ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure to attract and retain key members of FGL’s management team or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to FGL’s Business
 
A continuation of our existing financial strength ratings, financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
Various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“rating organizations”) review the financial performance and condition of insurers, including FGL’s insurance subsidiaries, and publish their financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurer’s ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations. These ratings are important to maintaining public confidence in FGL’s products, its ability to market its products, and its competitive position. Any downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization with respect to the financial strength ratings of FGL’s insurance subsidiaries could materially adversely affect FGL in many ways, including the following: reducing new sales of insurance and investment products; adversely affecting relationships with distributors, IMOs and sales agents; increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals of funds; requiring a reduction in prices for FGL’s insurance products and services in order to remain competitive; or adversely affecting FGL’s ability to obtain reinsurance at a reasonable price, on reasonable terms, or at all. A downgrade of sufficient magnitude could result in FGL’s insurance subsidiaries being required to collateralize reserves, balances, or obligations under reinsurance, and securitization agreements.
 
Additionally, under some of its derivative contracts, FGL has agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels could result in termination of the contracts, at which time any amounts payable by FGL or the counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contracts.


68


Table of Contents

Downgrades of FGL’s insurance subsidiaries have given multiple counterparties the right to terminate ISDA agreements. No ISDA agreements have been terminated, although the counterparties have reserved the right to terminate the ISDA agreements at any time.
 
Rating organizations assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of these factors relate to the rated company, some factors relate to the views of the rating organization, general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company’s control. In addition, rating organizations use various models and formulas to assess the strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating organizations have, in their discretion, altered the models. Changes to the models could impact the rating organizations’ judgment of the rating to be assigned to the rated company.
 
Upon the announcement of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, the financial strength ratings of FGL’s insurance subsidiaries were downgraded to B++ by A.M. Best due to the fact that, following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL no longer had an ultimate parent company with business operations in the insurance industry. Subsequent to such downgrades, our sales of new policies have decreased, due, in part, to such downgrades. If our financial strength ratings are not upgraded, we anticipate that our sales of new policies will continue to be adversely impacted and that we could see increased surrenders of existing policies. In order to improve or maintain their financial strength ratings, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries may limit the amount of dividends that they would otherwise pay to us. In that regard, FGL may implement business strategies to improve its RBC ratio to a level anticipated by the rating agencies to maintain or improve its current rating. If FGL is unable to achieve this level, FGL may limit dividend payments from its major insurance subsidiary to the extent necessary for the major insurance subsidiary to sustain such a target RBC ratio. If it fails to maintain such a target RBC ratio its financial strength rating could suffer. FGL cannot predict what actions the rating organizations may take in the future, and FGL’s insurance subsidiaries may not be able to improve its insurance subsidiaries’ current financial strength ratings, which could adversely affect FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
The amount of statutory capital that FGL’s insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain their financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of FGL’s control.
 
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements based on RBC formulas for life insurance companies. The RBC formula for life insurance companies establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, interest rate, and certain other risks.
 
In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, including the following: the amount of statutory income or losses generated by FGL’s insurance subsidiaries (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital FGL’s insurance subsidiaries must hold to support business growth, changes in reserve requirements applicable to FGL’s insurance subsidiaries, FGL’s ability to secure capital market solutions to provide reserve relief, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in its investment portfolio, changes in the credit ratings of investments held in its portfolio, the value of certain derivative instruments, changes in interest rates, credit market volatility, changes in consumer behavior, as well as changes to the NAIC’s RBC formula. Most of these factors are outside of FGL’s control. The financial strength and credit ratings of FGL’s insurance subsidiaries are significantly influenced by their statutory surplus amounts and capital adequacy ratios. Rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital FGL’s insurance subsidiaries must hold in order to maintain their current ratings. In addition, rating agencies may downgrade the investments held in FGL’s portfolio, which could result in a reduction of FGL’s capital and surplus and/or its RBC ratio.
 
In extreme equity market declines, the amount of additional statutory reserves FGL’s insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for fixed indexed products may decrease at a rate less than the rate of change of the markets. This mismatch could result in a reduction of capital, surplus, and/or RBC ratio of FGL and its insurance subsidiaries.


69


Table of Contents

FGL is highly regulated and subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations.
 
FGL’s business is subject to government regulation in each of the states in which it conducts business. Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative, and in some instances discretionary, authority with respect to many aspects of FGL’s business, which may include, among other things, premium rates and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, acquisitions, mergers, and capital adequacy, and is concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders and other customers rather than shareowners. At any given time, a number of financial and/or market conduct examinations of FGL and its insurance subsidiaries may be ongoing. From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of FGL and its insurance subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on FGL.
 
Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. FGL cannot predict the amount or timing of any such future assessments.
 
Although FGL’s business is subject to regulation in each state in which it conducts business, in many instances the state regulatory models emanate from the NAIC. State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer and at the expense of the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, operations and financial condition. FGL is also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. There is an additional risk that any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may change over time to FGL’s detriment, or that changes to the overall legal or market environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause FGL to change its views regarding the actions it needs to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to FGL’s practices that may, in some cases, limit its ability to grow and improve profitability.
 
Some of the NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting issues, take effect automatically in the various states without affirmative action by the states. Statutes, regulations, and interpretations may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact can potentially have a significant impact on currently sold products. The NAIC continues to work to reform state regulation in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to life insurance reserves.
 
At the federal level, bills are routinely introduced in both chambers of the U.S. Congress which could affect insurance companies. In the past, Congress has considered legislation that would impact insurance companies in numerous ways, such as providing for an optional federal charter for insurance companies or a federal presence in insurance regulation, pre-empting state law in certain respects regarding the regulation of reinsurance, increasing federal oversight in areas such as consumer protection, solvency regulation and other matters. FGL cannot predict whether or in what form reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect FGL or whether any effects will be material.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act makes sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to FGL, its competitors or those entities with which FGL does business, including but not limited to: the establishment of federal regulatory authority over derivatives, the establishment of consolidated federal regulation and resolution authority over systemically important financial services firms, the establishment of the Federal Insurance Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers and investment advisors, changes to the regulation of reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over credit rating agencies, and the imposition of concentration limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of credit that may be extended to a single person or entity. Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of implementing rules and/or regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislation or regulation applicable to the insurance industry, FGL, its competitors or the entities with which FGL does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act


70


Table of Contents

may impact FGL in many ways, including but not limited to: placing FGL at a competitive disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the financial services sector and/or the insurance industry, making it more expensive for FGL to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of significant company resources to government affairs, legal and compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as FGL’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL may also be subject to regulation by the United States Department of Labor when providing a variety of products and services to employee benefit plans governed by ERISA. Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under ERISA.
 
Other types of regulation that could affect FGL include insurance company investment laws and regulations, state statutory accounting practices, antitrust laws, minimum solvency requirements, federal privacy laws, insurable interest laws, federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws.
 
FGL cannot predict what form any future changes in these or other areas of regulation affecting the insurance industry might take or what effect, if any, such proposals might have on FGL if enacted into law. In addition, because FGL’s activities are relatively concentrated in a small number of lines of business, any change in law or regulation affecting one of those lines of business could have a disproportionate impact on FGL compared to other insurance companies.
 
FGL’s reinsurers could fail to meet assumed obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse developments that could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL, through its insurance subsidiaries, cedes material amounts of insurance and transfers related assets and certain liabilities to other insurance companies through reinsurance. However, notwithstanding the transfer of related assets and certain liabilities, FGL remains liable with respect to ceded insurance should any reinsurer fail to meet the obligations assumed. Accordingly, FGL bears credit risk with respect to its reinsurers, including its reinsurance arrangements with Wilton. The failure, insolvency, inability or unwillingness to pay under the terms of reinsurance agreements with FGL could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL’s ability to compete is dependent on the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions. Premium rates charged by FGL are based, in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at a certain cost. Under certain reinsurance agreements, the reinsurer may increase the rate it charges FGL for the reinsurance. Therefore, if the cost of reinsurance were to increase, if reinsurance were to become unavailable, if alternatives to reinsurance were not available to FGL, or if a reinsurer should fail to meet its obligations, FGL’s business financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
In recent years, access to reinsurance has become more costly for the insurance industry, including FGL. In addition, the number of life reinsurers has decreased as the reinsurance industry has consolidated. The decreased number of participants in the life reinsurance market resulted in increased concentration of risk for insurers, including FGL. If the reinsurance market further contracts, FGL’s ability to continue to offer its products on terms favorable to it could be adversely impacted resulting in adverse consequences to FGL’s business, operations and financial condition.
 
In addition, reinsurers are facing many challenges regarding illiquid credit and/or capital markets, investment downgrades, rating agency downgrades, deterioration of general economic conditions, and other factors negatively impacting the financial services industry generally. If such events cause a reinsurer to fail to meet its obligations, FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
FGL’s results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected should actual experience differ from management’s assumptions and estimates.
 
FGL makes certain assumptions and estimates regarding mortality, persistency, expenses and interest rates, tax liability, business mix, frequency of claims, contingent liabilities, investment performance, and other factors related to its business and anticipated results. These assumptions and estimates are also used to estimate the amounts of


71


Table of Contents

value of business acquired (“VOBA”), policy liabilities and accruals, future earnings, and various components of FGL’s consolidated balance sheet. These assumptions are also used in making decisions crucial to the operation of FGL’s business, including the pricing of products and expense structures relating to products. These assumptions and estimates incorporate assumptions about many factors, none of which can be predicted with certainty. FGL’s actual experiences, as well as changes in estimates, are used to prepare FGL’s consolidated statement of operations. To the extent FGL’s actual experience and changes in estimates differ from original estimates, FGL’s business, operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
 
The calculations FGL uses to estimate various components of its balance sheet and consolidated statement of operations are necessarily complex and involve analyzing and interpreting large quantities of data. FGL currently employs various techniques for such calculations and from time to time it will develop and implement more sophisticated administrative systems and procedures capable of facilitating the calculation of more precise estimates. However, assumptions and estimates involve judgment, and by their nature are imprecise and subject to changes and revisions over time. Furthermore, FGL uses third party consultants to prepare actuarial analyses of the financial and insurance products which it offers. The accuracy of these analyses is dependent upon the assumptions and estimates, discussed above, provided by management to the third parties, and by any limitations of the models used by the third parties. Accordingly, FGL’s results may be adversely affected from time to time, by actual results differing from assumptions, by changes in estimates, and by changes resulting from implementing more sophisticated administrative systems and procedures that facilitate the calculation of more precise estimates.
 
FGL’s financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted if its assumptions regarding the fair value and future performance of its investments differ from actual experience.
 
FGL makes assumptions regarding the fair value and expected future performance of its investments. Expectations that FGL’s investments in residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on assumptions a market participant would use in determining the current fair value and consider the performance of the underlying assets. It is possible that the underlying collateral of these investments will perform worse than current market expectations and that such reduced performance may lead to adverse changes in the cash flows on FGL’s holdings of these types of securities. This could lead to potential future other-than-temporary impairments within FGL’s portfolio of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. In addition, expectations that FGL’s investments in corporate securities and/or debt obligations will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through its normal credit surveillance process. It is possible that issuers of corporate securities in which FGL has invested will perform worse than current expectations. Such events may lead FGL to recognize potential future other-than-temporary impairments within its portfolio of corporate securities. It is also possible that such unanticipated events would lead FGL to dispose of certain of those holdings and recognize the effects of any market movements in its financial statements.
 
It is possible that actual values will differ from FGL’s assumptions. Such events could result in a material change in the value of FGL’s investments, business, operations and financial condition.
 
As discussed under “Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction,” we intend to have a newly created subsidiary, Front Street, reinsure a portion of FGL’s insurance and have an affiliate of Harbinger Capital manage investments on its behalf, subject to regulator approval. We believe Harbinger Capital’s investment expertise will benefit us by improving returns on these investments, but if Harbinger Capital is unable to achieve satisfactory returns, we could be required to fund additional capital to Front Street to satisfy its reinsurance requirements.
 
FGL could be forced to sell investments at a loss to cover policyholder withdrawals.
 
Certain products offered by FGL allow policyholders to withdraw their funds under defined circumstances. In order to meet such funding obligations, FGL manages its liabilities and configures its investment portfolios so as to provide and maintain sufficient liquidity to support expected withdrawal demands and contract benefits and maturities. However, in order to provide necessary long-term returns, a certain portion of FGL’s assets are relatively


72


Table of Contents

illiquid. There can be no assurance that withdrawal demands will match FGL’s estimation of withdrawal demands. If FGL experiences unexpected withdrawal activity, whether as a result of financial strength downgrades or otherwise, it could exhaust its liquid assets and be forced to liquidate other less liquid assets, possibly at a loss or on other unfavorable terms. If FGL is forced to dispose of assets at a loss or on unfavorable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Interest rate fluctuations could negatively affect FGL’s interest earnings and spread income, or otherwise impact its business.
 
Interest rates are subject to volatility and fluctuations. For the past several years interest rates trended downwards, engendering concern about their ability to remain low. In order to meet its policy and contractual obligations, FGL must earn a sufficient return on its invested assets. Significant changes in interest rates expose FGL to the risk of not earning anticipated interest earnings, or of not earning anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on investments and the credited interest rates paid on outstanding policies and contracts. Both rising and declining interest rates can negatively affect FGL’s interest earnings and spread income (the difference between the returns FGL earns on its investments and the amounts it must credit to policyholders and contract holders). While FGL develops and maintains asset/liability management programs and procedures designed to mitigate the effect on interest earnings and spread income in rising or falling interest rate environments, no assurance can be given that changes in interest rates will not materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Additionally, FGL’s asset/liability management programs and procedures incorporate assumptions about the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates and relationships between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest rates, market liquidity, and other factors. The effectiveness of FGL’s asset/liability management programs and procedures may be negatively affected whenever actual results differ from these assumptions.
 
Changes in interest rates may also impact FGL’s business in other ways, including affecting the attractiveness of certain of FGL’s products. Lower interest rates may result in lower sales of certain of FGL’s insurance and investment products. However, during periods of declining interest rates, certain life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to year during a period when FGL’s investments carry lower returns, and FGL could become unable to earn its spread income should interest rates decrease significantly.
 
FGL’s expectation for future interest earnings and spreads is an important component in amortization of VOBA and significantly lower interest earnings or spreads that may cause FGL to accelerate amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected reporting period.
 
Higher interest rates may increase the cost of debt and other obligations having floating rate or rate reset provisions and may result in lower sales of other products. During periods of increasing market interest rates, FGL may offer higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as universal life insurance and fixed annuities, and it may increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these products competitive. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will increase the net unrealized loss position of FGL’s investment portfolio and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six- to twelve-month time period, certain of FGL’s products may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring FGL to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. This risk is mitigated to some extent by the high level of surrender charge protection provided by FGL’s products. Increases in crediting rates, as well as surrenders and withdrawals, could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL’s investments are subject to market, credit, legal, and regulatory risks. These risks could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets.
 
FGL’s invested assets and derivative financial instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes in market values. Periods of extreme volatility or disruption in the financial and credit markets could increase these


73


Table of Contents

risks. Underlying factors relating to volatility affecting the financial and credit markets could lead to other-than-temporary impairments of assets in FGL’s investment portfolio.
 
The value of FGL’s mortgage-backed investments depends in part on the financial condition of the borrowers and tenants for the properties underlying those investments, as well as general and specific circumstances affecting the overall default rate.
 
Significant continued financial and credit market volatility, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit defaults, real estate values, market illiquidity, declines in equity prices, acts of corporate malfeasance, ratings downgrades of the issuers or guarantors of these investments, and declines in general economic conditions, either alone or in combination, could have a material adverse impact on FGL’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows through realized losses, other-than-temporary impairments, changes in unrealized loss positions, and increased demands on capital. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult for FGL to value certain of its assets, especially if trading becomes less frequent. Valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period-to-period changes that could have an adverse impact on FGL’s results of operations or financial condition.
 
Equity market volatility could negatively impact FGL’s business.
 
Equity market volatility can affect FGL’s profitability in various ways, in particular as a result of guaranteed minimum withdrawal or surrender benefits in its products. The estimated cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction in FGL’s net income. The rate of amortization of VOBA costs relating to fixed indexed annuity products and the cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal or surrender benefits could also increase if equity market performance is worse than assumed.
 
Credit market volatility or disruption could adversely impact FGL’s financial condition or results from operations.
 
Significant volatility or disruption in credit markets could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in interest rates and credit spreads could cause market price and cash flow variability in the fixed income instruments in FGL’s investment portfolio. Significant volatility and lack of liquidity in the credit markets could cause issuers of the fixed-income securities in FGL’s investment portfolio to default on either principal or interest payments on these securities. Additionally, market price valuations may not accurately reflect the underlying expected cash flows of securities within FGL’s investment portfolio.
 
Changes in federal income taxation laws, including any reduction in individual income tax rates, may affect sales of our products and profitability.
 
The annuity and life insurance products that FGL markets generally provide the policyholder with certain federal income tax advantages. For example, federal income taxation on any increases in non-qualified annuity contract values (i.e., the “inside build-up”) is deferred until it is received by the policyholder. With other savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits are generally exempt from income tax.
 
From time to time, various tax law changes have been proposed that could have an adverse effect on FGL’s business, including the elimination of all or a portion of the income tax advantages described above for annuities and life insurance. If legislation were enacted to eliminate the tax deferral for annuities, such a change would have a material adverse effect on FGL’s ability to sell non-qualified annuities. Non-qualified annuities are annuities that are not sold to a qualified retirement plan.
 
Beginning in 2013, distributions from non-qualified annuity policies will be considered “investment income” for purposes of the newly enacted Medicare tax on investment income contained in the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. As a result, in certain circumstances a 3.8% tax (“Medicare Tax”) may be applied to


74


Table of Contents

some or all of the taxable portions of distributions from non-qualified annuities to individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. This new tax may have a material adverse effect on FGL’s ability to sell nonqualified annuities to individuals whose income exceeds these threshold amounts and could accelerate withdrawals due to additional tax. The constitutionality of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 is currently the subject of multiple litigation actions initiated by various state attorneys general, and the Act is also the subject of several proposals in the U.S. Congress for amendment and/or repeal. The outcome of such litigation and legislative action as it relates to the Medicare Tax is unknown at this time.
 
FGL may be required to increase its valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, which could materially adversely affect FGL’s capital position, business, operations and financial condition.
 
Deferred tax assets refer to assets that are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets in essence represent future savings of taxes that would otherwise be paid in cash. The realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income, including capital gains. If it is determined that the deferred tax assets cannot be realized, a deferred tax valuation allowance must be established, with a corresponding charge to net income.
 
Based on FGL’s current assessment of future taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities, FGL anticipates that it is more likely than not that it will not generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of its deferred tax assets. If future events differ from FGL’s current forecasts, the valuation allowance may need to be increased from the current amount, which could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s capital position, business, operations and financial condition.
 
Financial services companies are frequently the targets of litigation, including class action litigation, which could result in substantial judgments.
 
FGL, like other financial services companies, is involved in litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business. Although FGL does not believe that the outcome of any such litigation or arbitration will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations, FGL cannot predict such outcome, and a judgment against FGL could be substantial. More generally, FGL operates in an industry in which various practices are subject to scrutiny and potential litigation, including class actions. In addition, FGL sells its products through IMO’s, whose activities may be difficult to monitor. Civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers and other financial services companies involving sales, underwriting practices, product design, product disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits, charging excessive or impermissible fees, recommending unsuitable products to customers, breaching fiduciary or other duties to customers, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives, relationships with agents or other persons with whom the insurer does business, payment of sales or other contingent commissions, and other matters. Such lawsuits can result in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, financial services companies have made material settlement payments.
 
Companies in the financial services industry are sometimes the target of law enforcement investigations and the focus of increased regulatory scrutiny.
 
The financial services industry, including insurance companies, is sometimes the target of law enforcement and regulatory investigations relating to the numerous laws and regulations that govern such companies. Some financial services companies have been the subject of law enforcement or other actions resulting from such investigations. Resulting publicity about one company may generate inquiries into or litigation against other financial services companies, even those who do not engage in the business lines or practices at issue in the original action. It is impossible to predict the outcome of such investigations or actions, whether they will expand into other areas not yet contemplated, whether they will result in changes in insurance regulation, whether activities currently thought to be


75


Table of Contents

lawful will be characterized as unlawful, or the impact, if any, of such scrutiny on the financial services and insurance industry or FGL.
 
FGL is dependent on the performance of others.
 
Various other parties provide services or are otherwise involved in FGL’s business operations, and FGL’s results may be affected by the performance of those other parties. For example, FGL is dependent upon independent distribution channels to sell its products, hires an outside consulting company to perform actuarial analyses and certain assets are managed by third parties. Additionally, FGL’s operations are dependent on various service providers and on various technologies, some of which are provided and/or maintained by certain key outsourcing partners and other parties.
 
The other parties upon which FGL depends may default on their obligations to FGL due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, loss of key personnel or other reasons. Such defaults could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, certain of these other parties may act, or be deemed to act, on behalf of FGL or represent FGL in various capacities. Consequently, FGL may be held responsible for obligations that arise from the acts or omissions of these other parties.
 
FGL’s ability to conduct its business is dependent upon consumer confidence in the industry and its products. The conduct of competitors and financial difficulties of other companies in the industry could undermine consumer confidence and adversely affect retention of existing business and future sales of FGL’s annuity and insurance products.
 
The occurrence of computer viruses, network security breaches, disasters, or other unanticipated events could affect the data processing systems of FGL or its business partners and could damage FGL’s business and adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL retains confidential information in its computer systems, and relies on sophisticated commercial technologies to maintain the security of those systems. Despite FGL’s implementation of network security measures, its servers could be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with its computer systems. Anyone who is able to circumvent FGL’s security measures and penetrate FGL’s computer systems could access, view, misappropriate, alter, or delete any information in the systems, including personally identifiable customer information and proprietary business information. In addition, an increasing number of states require that customers be notified of unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of their information. Any compromise of the security of FGL’s computer systems that results in inappropriate access, use or disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could damage FGL’s reputation in the marketplace, deter people from purchasing FGL’s products, subject FGL to significant civil and criminal liability and require FGL to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.
 
In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack or war, FGL’s computer systems may be inaccessible to its employees, customers, or business partners for an extended period of time. Even if FGL’s employees are able to report to work, they may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time if FGL’s data or systems are disabled or destroyed. Any such occurrence could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, operations and financial condition.
 
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries’ ability to grow depends in large part upon the continued availability of capital.
 
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries’ long-term strategic capital requirements will depend on many factors, including their accumulated statutory earnings and the relationship between their statutory capital and surplus and various elements of required capital. To support long-term capital requirements, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries may need to increase or maintain their statutory capital and surplus through financings, which could include debt, equity, financing arrangements and/or other surplus relief transactions. Adverse market conditions have affected and continue to affect the availability and cost of capital from external sources and HGI is not obligated, and may choose or be unable, to provide financing or make any capital contribution to FGL’s insurance subsidiaries. Consequently, financings, if available at all, may be available only on terms that are not favorable to FGL’s insurance subsidiaries.


76


Table of Contents

If FGL’s insurance subsidiaries cannot maintain adequate capital, they may be required to limit growth in sales of new policies, and such action could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, operations and financial condition.
 
New accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could negatively impact FGL.
 
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL is required to comply with US GAAP. A number of organizations are instrumental in the development and interpretation of US GAAP such as the Commission, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. US GAAP is subject to constant review by these organizations and others in an effort to address emerging accounting rules and issue interpretative accounting guidance on a continual basis. FGL can give no assurance that future changes to US GAAP will not have a negative impact on FGL. US GAAP includes the requirement to carry certain investments and insurance liabilities at fair value. These fair values are sensitive to various factors including, but not limited to, interest rate movements, credit spreads, and various other factors. Because of this, changes in these fair values may cause increased levels of volatility in FGL’s financial statements.
 
In addition, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries are required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP (such as actuarial reserving methodology) are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees as well as state insurance departments in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are currently or have previously been pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, would negatively affect FGL. The NAIC is also currently working to reform state regulation in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to life insurance reserves and the accounting for such reserves. FGL cannot predict whether or in what form reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect FGL. In addition, the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures manual provides that state insurance departments may permit insurance companies domiciled therein to depart from SAP by granting them permitted accounting practices. FGL cannot predict whether or when the insurance departments of the states of domicile of its competitors may permit them to utilize advantageous accounting practices that depart from SAP, the use of which is not permitted by the insurance departments of the states of domicile of FGL and its insurance subsidiaries. With respect to regulations and guidelines, states sometimes defer to the interpretation of the insurance department of the state of domicile. Neither the action of the domiciliary state nor action of the NAIC is binding on a state. Accordingly, a state could choose to follow a different interpretation. FGL can give no assurance that future changes to SAP or components of SAP or the grant of permitted accounting practices to its competitors will not have a negative impact on FGL.
 
FGL’s risk management policies and procedures could leave it exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect its business or result in losses.
 
FGL has developed risk management policies and procedures and expects to continue to enhance these in the future. Nonetheless, FGL’s policies and procedures to identify, monitor, and manage both internal and external risks may not effectively mitigate these risks or predict future exposures, which could be different or significantly greater than expected. These identified risks may not be the only risks facing FGL. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to FGL, or that it currently deems to be immaterial, may adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and/or operating results.
 
Difficult conditions in the economy generally could adversely affect FGL’s business, operations and financial condition.
 
A general economic slowdown could adversely affect FGL in the form of changes in consumer behavior and pressure on FGL’s investment portfolios. Changes in consumer behavior could include decreased demand for FGL’s products and elevated levels of policy lapses, policy loans, withdrawals, and surrenders. FGL’s investments, including investments in mortgage-backed securities, could be adversely affected as a result of deteriorating financial and business conditions affecting the issuers of the securities in FGL’s investment portfolio.


77


Table of Contents

FGL may not be able to protect its intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.
 
FGL relies on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to establish and protect its intellectual property. Although FGL uses a broad range of measures to protect its intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate its intellectual property. FGL may have to litigate to enforce and protect its copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and knowhow or to determine their scope, validity, or enforceability, which represents a diversion of resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of FGL’s intellectual property assets could adversely impact FGL’s business and its ability to compete effectively.
 
FGL also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges its operations or activities infringe upon that party’s intellectual property rights. FGL may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret, or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant liability for damages or be enjoined from providing certain products or services to its customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
FGL’s business could be interrupted or compromised if it experiences difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships.
 
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers and actuarial consultants, FGL outsources the following functions to third-party service providers, and expects to do so in the future: (i) new business administration, (ii) hosting of financial systems, (iii) services of existing policies, (iv) call centers and (v) underwriting administration of life insurance applications. If FGL does not maintain an effective outsourcing strategy or third-party providers do not perform as contracted, FGL may experience operational difficulties, increased costs and a loss of business that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations. In addition, FGL’s reliance on third-party service providers that it does not control does not relieve FGL of its responsibilities and requirements. Any failure or negligence by such third party service providers in carrying out their contractual duties may result in FGL becoming subjected to liability to parties who are harmed and ensuing litigation. Any litigation relating to such matters could be costly, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome of any such litigation may be uncertain.
 
Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from such litigation, even if the litigation is not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and sales of FGL and its products.
 
FGL is exposed to the risks of natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and terrorist acts that could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and terrorist acts present risks that could materially adversely affect FGL’s operations and results. A natural or man-made catastrophe, pandemic or malicious or terrorist act could materially adversely affect the mortality or morbidity experience of FGL or its reinsurers. Such events could result in a substantial increase in mortality experience. Although FGL participates in a risk pooling arrangement that partially mitigates the impact of multiple deaths from a single event, claims arising from such events could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, operations and financial condition, either directly or as a result of their affect on its reinsurers or other counterparties. Such events could also have an adverse effect on lapses and surrenders of existing policies, as well as sales of new policies. While FGL has taken steps to identify and manage these risks, such risks cannot be predicted with certainty, nor fully protected against even if anticipated.
 
In addition, such events could result in a decrease or halt in economic activity in large geographic areas, adversely affecting the marketing or administration of FGL’s business within such geographic areas and/or the general economic climate, which in turn could have an adverse affect on FGL’s business, operations and financial condition. The possible macroeconomic effects of such events could also adversely affect FGL’s asset portfolio.


78


Table of Contents

FGL operates in a highly competitive industry, which could limit its ability to gain or maintain its position in the industry and could materially adversely affect FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
FGL operates in a highly competitive industry. FGL encounters significant competition in all of its product lines from other insurance companies, many of which have greater financial resources and higher financial strength ratings than FGL and which may have a greater market share, offer a broader range of products, services or features, assume a greater level of risk, have lower operating or financing costs, or have different profitability expectations than FGL. Competition could result in, among other things, lower sales or higher lapses of existing products.
 
FGL’s annuity products compete with fixed index, fixed rate and variable annuities sold by other insurance companies and also with mutual fund products, traditional bank investments and other retirement funding alternatives offered by asset managers, banks and broker-dealers. FGL’s insurance products compete with those of other insurance companies, financial intermediaries and other institutions based on a number of factors, including premium rates, policy terms and conditions, service provided to distribution channels and policyholders, ratings by rating agencies, reputation and commission structures.
 
Consolidation in the insurance industry and in distribution channels may result in increasing competitive pressures on FGL. Larger, potentially more efficient organizations may emerge from consolidation. In addition, some mutual insurance companies have converted to stock ownership, which gives them greater access to capital markets and greater ability to compete. The ability of banks to increase their securities-related business or to affiliate with insurance companies may materially and adversely affect sales of all of FGL’s products by substantially increasing the number and financial strength of potential competitors. Consolidation and expansion among banks, insurance companies, and other financial service companies with which FGL does business could also have an adverse affect on FGL’s business, operations and financial condition if they demand more favorable terms than FGL previously offered or if they elect not to continue to do business with FGL following consolidation or expansion.
 
FGL’s ability to compete is dependent upon, among other things, its ability to develop competitive and profitable products, its ability to maintain low unit costs, and its maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from rating agencies. FGL’s ability to compete is also dependent upon, among other things, its ability to attract and retain distribution channels to market its products, the competition for which is vigorous. FGL competes for marketers and agents primarily on the basis of FGL’s financial position, support services, compensation and product features. Such marketers and agents may promote products offered by other life insurance companies that may offer a larger variety of products than FGL offers. FGL’s competitiveness for such marketers and agents also depends upon the long-term relationships it develops with them. If FGL is unable to attract and retain sufficient marketers and agents to sell its products, FGL’s ability to compete and its revenues will suffer.
 
FGL’s ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon the level of new sales and persistency of existing business.
 
FGL’s ability to maintain competitive unit costs is dependent upon a number of factors, such as the level of new sales, persistency of existing business, and expense management. A decrease in sales or persistency without a corresponding reduction in expenses may result in higher unit costs. FGL’s business plan includes expense reductions, but there can be no assurance that such reductions will be achieved.
 
In addition, lower persistency may result in higher or more rapid amortization of VOBA costs, which would result in higher unit costs and lower reported earnings. Although many of FGL’s products contain surrender charges, such charges decrease over time and may not be sufficient to cover the unamortized VOBA costs with respect to the insurance policy or annuity contract being surrendered.
 
There may be adverse consequences if the independent contractor status of FGL’s IMOs is successfully challenged.
 
FGL sells its products through a network of approximately 300 IMOs representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. These IMOs are treated by FGL as independent contractors who own their own businesses. However, the tests governing the determination of whether an individual is considered to be an independent contractor or an employee are typically fact sensitive and vary from jurisdiction to


79


Table of Contents

jurisdiction. Laws and regulations that govern the status of FGL’s IMOs are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities. If a federal or state authority or court enacts legislation (or adopts regulations) or adopts an interpretation that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of FGL’s independent contractors, FGL could incur significant costs in complying with such laws, regulations or interpretations, including, in respect of tax withholding, social security payments and recordkeeping, or FGL could be held liable for the actions of such independent contractors or may be required to modify its business model, any of which could have a material adverse effect on FGL’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there is the risk that FGL may be subject to significant monetary liabilities arising from fines or judgments as a result of any such actual or alleged non-compliance with federal, state, or provincial tax or employment laws. Further, if it were determined that FGL’s IMOs should be treated as employees, FGL could possibly incur additional liabilities with respect to any applicable employee benefit plan.
 
Risks Related to Front Street’s Business
 
There can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to effectively implement its business strategy or that its business will be successful.
 
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010 to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010. There can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to successfully enter into reinsurance transactions, that such transactions will be successful, or that Front Street will be able to achieve its anticipated investment returns.
 
In order to operate its business, Front Street will be subject to capital and other regulatory requirements and a highly competitive landscape. In addition, among other things, any of the following could negatively impact Front Street’s ability to implement its business strategy successfully: (i) failure to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that Front Street will reinsure, (ii) failure to obtain desirable financial strength ratings or any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of any of Front Street’s financial strength ratings, (iii) exposure to credit risk associated with brokers with whom Front Street will conduct business, (iv) failure of the loss limitation methods that Front Street employs to mitigate its loss exposure, (v) loss of key personnel, (vi) unfavorable changes in applicable laws or regulations, (vii) inability to provide collateral to ceding companies or otherwise comply with U.S. insurance regulations, (viii) inability to gain or obtain market position and (ix) exposure to litigation.
 
As contemplated by the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2011, the Special Committee unanimously recommended to the Board for approval (i) the Reinsurance Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and FGL Insurance, pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL Insurance and (ii) the Investment Management Agreement to be entered into by Front Street and an affiliate of Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which such Harbinger Capital affiliate would be appointed as the investment manager of up to $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, which assets will be deposited in a reinsurance trust account for the benefit of FGL Insurance pursuant to the Trust Agreement. On May 19, 2011, the Board approved the Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.
 
The Reinsurance Agreement and the Trust Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to, and may not be entered into or consummated without, the approval of the MIA, which may be granted in whole, in part, or not at all. The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition if, among other things, the Front Street reinsurance transaction is not approved by the MIA or is approved subject to certain restrictions or conditions, including if a Harbinger Capital affiliate is not allowed to be appointed as the investment manager for $1 billion of assets securing Front Street’s reinsurance obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement. See “The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition — The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction.”


80


Table of Contents

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
As of September 30, 2011, HGI’s corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York where the Company leases approximately 2,350 square feet of office space which is adequate and suitable for our current level of operations.
 
Spectrum Brands
 
The following table lists Spectrum Brands’ principal owned or leased manufacturing, packaging, and distribution facilities at September 30, 2011:
 
     
Facility   Function
 
Fennimore, Wisconsin(1)
  Alkaline Battery Manufacturing
Portage, Wisconsin(1)
  Zinc Air Button Cell and Lithium Coin Cell Battery, Foil Shaver Component Manufacturing
Dischingen, Germany(1)
  Alkaline Battery Manufacturing
Washington, UK(2)
  Zinc Air Button Cell Battery Manufacturing & Distribution
Guatemala City, Guatemala(1)
  Zinc Carbon Battery Manufacturing
Jaboatao, Brazil(1)
  Zinc Carbon Battery Manufacturing
Manizales, Colombia(3)
  Zinc Carbon Battery Manufacturing
Dixon, Illinois(2)
Ellwangen-Neunheim, Germany(2)
  Battery & Lighting Device Packaging & Distribution
Battery & Lighting Device, Electric Shaver & Personal Care Product Distribution
Redlands, California(2)
  Warehouse, Electric Shaver & Personal Care Product Distribution
Manchester, England(1)
  Warehouse and Sales and administrative office
Wolverhampton, England(2)
  Warehouse
Noblesville, Indiana(1)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing & Distribution
Moorpark, California(2)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing
Bridgeton, Missouri(2)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing
Blacksburg, Virginia(1)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing & Distribution
Melle, Germany(1)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing
Melle, Germany(2)
  Pet Supply Distribution
Edwardsville, Illinois(2)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing & Distribution
Grand Rapids, Michigan(2)
  Pet Supply Manufacturing & Distribution
Roanoke, Virginia(2)
  Pet Supply Distribution
Vinita Park, Missouri(2)
  Household & Controls and Contract Manufacturing
Earth City, Missouri(2)
  Household & Controls Manufacturing
 
 
(1) Facility is owned.
 
(2) Facility is leased.
 
(3) Facility was shut down in November 2011.
 
Spectrum Brands also owns, operates or contracts with third parties to operate distribution centers, sales offices and administrative offices throughout the world in support of our business. Spectrum Brands leases its administrative headquarters and primary research and development facility located in Madison, Wisconsin.


81


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands believes that its existing facilities are suitable and adequate for its present purposes and that the productive capacity in such facilities is substantially being utilized or there exist plans to utilize it.
 
Fidelity & Guaranty Life
 
FGL leases its headquarters at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland, and subleases a property in Lincoln, Nebraska for legal, claims and processing needs. FGL believes its existing facilities are suitable and adequate for its present purposes.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
We are a nominal defendant, and certain current and former members of our Board are named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
 
We are also involved in other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior businesses. These include worker compensation and environmental matters and pending cases in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by our offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates. Based on currently available information, including legal defenses available to us, and given our reserves and related insurance coverage, we do not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We may also be named in litigation involving our acquired businesses and future acquired businesses.
 
Spectrum Brands
 
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various matters of litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of business. Spectrum Brands does not believe that any matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.
 
Spectrum Brands is subject to various federal, state and local environment laws and regulations. It believes that it and its subsidiaries are in substantial compliance with all such environmental laws that are applicable to our operations. See also the discussion captioned “Our Operating Subsidiaries — Spectrum Brands — Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters” under Item 1. Business above. Spectrum Brands has provided for the estimated costs associated with environmental remediation activities at some of its current and former manufacturing sites. Spectrum Brands believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of approximately $7 million which may result from these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
FGL
 
In the ordinary course of its business, FGL is involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of business. In some instances, these proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief. In the opinion of management and in light of existing insurance and other potential indemnification, reinsurance and established reserves, such litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on FGL’s financial position, although it is possible that the results of operations could be materially affected by an unfavorable outcome in any one annual period.
 
Item 4.   (Removed and Reserved)


82


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under the symbol “HRG.” The high and low sales prices for our common stock for each quarterly period for the last two years are shown in the following table.
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Year Ended September 30, 2011
               
First Quarter
  $ 6.34     $ 4.28  
Second Quarter
    6.41       4.93  
Third Quarter
    6.60       5.30  
Fourth Quarter
    6.22       4.01  
Year Ended September 30, 2010
               
First Quarter
  $ 7.30     $ 6.65  
Second Quarter
    7.43       6.75  
Third Quarter
    7.08       6.20  
Fourth Quarter
    6.71       5.04  
 
We have not declared any dividends since our Board discontinued dividend payments in 1998 and we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
As of December 7, 2011, there were approximately 1,745 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include the stockholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance as of September 30, 2011:
 
                         
    Number of Securities to be
    Weighted-Average
    Number of Securities Remaining
 
    Issued Upon Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    Available for Future Issuance Under
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding
    Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding
 
    Warrants and Rights
    Options, Warrants
    Securities Reflected in Column (a))
 
Plan Category   (In Thousands) (a)     and Rights (b)     (In Thousands) (c)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    135     $ 6.96       17,000  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    135     $ 6.69       17,000  
                         
 
At the annual meeting of the stockholders of HGI held on September 15, 2011, our stockholders approved the adoption of the Harbinger Group Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”) pursuant to which incentive compensation and performance compensation awards may be provided to employees, directors, officers and consultants of the Company or of its subsidiaries or their respective affiliates. The 2011 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 17 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. The description of the 2011 Plan above are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the 2011 Plan.
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
All unregistered sales of equity securities during the period covered by this report were previously reported on either a Current Report on Form 8-K or a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.


83


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth certain selected historic financial information for the periods and as of the dates presented and should be read in conjunction with our accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto referenced in Item 8 of this report and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this report. All amounts are in millions, except for per share amounts.
 
                                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                Period from
      Period from
             
                August 31,
      October 1,
             
                2009 through
      2008 through
             
                September 30,
      August 30,
             
    2011(1)     2010(2)     2009       2009     2008     2007  
Income Statement Data:
                                                 
Revenues
  $ 3,477.8     $ 2,567.0     $ 219.9       $ 2,010.6     $ 2,426.6     $ 2,332.7  
Operating income (loss)(3)
    163.7       160.5       0.1         156.8       (684.6 )     (251.80 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    0.1       (195.5 )     (71.2 )       1,100.7       (905.3 )     (563.0 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(4)
          (2.7 )     0.4         (86.8 )     (26.2 )     (33.7 )
Net income (loss)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    0.1       (198.2 )     (70.8 )       1,013.9       (931.5 )     (596.7 )
Net income (loss) attributable to common and participating preferred stockholders(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
    15.0       (151.9 )     (70.8 )       1,013.9       (931.5 )     (596.7 )
Restructuring and related charges -
                                                 
Cost of goods sold(10)
  $ 7.8     $ 7.1     $ 0.2       $ 13.2     $ 16.5     $ 31.3  
Selling, general and administrative expenses(10)
    20.8       17.0       1.6         30.9       22.8       66.7  
Interest expense(11)
    249.3       277.0       17.0         172.9       229.0       255.8  
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    151.1                                  
Reorganization items (expense) income(12)
          (3.6 )     (4.0 )       1,142.8              
Per Share Data:
                                                 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                                 
Basic
  $ 0.07     $ (1.15 )   $ (0.55 )     $ 19.76     $ (18.29 )   $ (11.72 )
Diluted
    0.04       (1.15 )     (0.55 )       19.76       (18.29 )     (11.72 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                 
Basic
    139.2       132.4       129.6         51.3       50.9       50.9  
Diluted(13)
    158.4       132.4       129.6         51.3       50.9       50.9  
Cash Flow and Related Data:
                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 153.1     $ 51.2     $ 75.0       $ 1.6     $ (10.2 )   $ (32.6 )
Capital expenditures(14)
    38.2       40.4       2.7         8.1       (18.9 )     23.2  
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt issuance costs)
    124.2       117.5       8.6         58.5       85.0       77.4  
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,137.4     $ 256.8     $ 97.8               $ 104.8     $ 69.9  
Working capital(15)
    982.2       673.7       323.7                 371.5       370.2  
Total assets
    23,579.6       4,016.2       3,020.7                 2,247.5       3,211.4  
Total long-term debt, net of current portion
    2,127.7       1,723.1       1,530.0                 2,474.8       2,416.9  
Total debt
    2,143.8       1,743.8       1,583.5                 2,523.4       2,460.4  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    888.2       701.7       660.9                 (1,027.2 )     (103.8 )
 
 
(1) Fiscal 2011 includes the results of FGL operations since April 6, 2011. FGL contributed $291 million in revenues and recorded an operating loss of $(18) million for the period from April 6, 2011 through September 30, 2011. Fiscal 2011 also includes $64 million of acquisition and integration related charges principally associated with the SB/RH Merger and the acquisition of FGL.
 
(2) Fiscal 2010 includes the results of Russell Hobbs’ operations since June 16, 2010. Russell Hobbs contributed $238 million in net sales and recorded operating income of $1 million for the period from June 16, 2010 through September 30, 2010, which includes $13 million of acquisition and integration related charges. Fiscal 2010 also includes $26 million of acquisition and integration related charges associated with the SB/RH


84


Table of Contents

Merger. In addition, the results of HGI’s operations have been included since June 16, 2010, the date that common control was first established, which includes $8 million of operating expenses.
 
(3) Pursuant to the guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification Topic 350: “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” Spectrum Brands conducts its annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of these analyses Spectrum Brands recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately $32 million, $34 million, $861 million and $362 million in Fiscal 2011, the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2007, respectively. See Note 10, Goodwill and Intangibles, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for further details on impairment charges.
 
(4) Fiscal 2008 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $8 million to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets relating to Spectrum Brands’ growing products business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business. Fiscal 2007 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $45 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets, principally consisting of goodwill and intangible assets, relating to Spectrum Brands’ Canadian Division of the growing products business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this business.
 
(5) Fiscal 2011 income tax expense of $51 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $77 million resulting from an increase in the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(6) Fiscal 2010 income tax expense of $63 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $92 million resulting from an increase in the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(7) Included in the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 is a non-cash tax charge of $58 million related to the residual U.S. and foreign taxes on approximately $166 million of actual and deemed distributions of foreign earnings. Income tax expense for the Predecessor for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 includes a non-cash adjustment of approximately $52 million resulting from a reduction in the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. Included in income tax expense for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 is a non-cash charge of $104 million related to the tax effects of the fresh start adjustments. In addition, income tax expense for the Predecessor for the period includes the tax effect of the gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the senior term credit facility. The tax effect of these gains increased Spectrum Brands’ U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles by approximately $124 million. However due to Spectrum Brands’ full valuation allowance on the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles as of August 30, 2009, the tax effect of the gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured credit facility was offset by a corresponding adjustment to increase the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by $124 million. The tax effect of the fresh start adjustments, the gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured credit facility, net of corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance, are netted against reorganization items.
 
(8) Fiscal 2008 income tax benefit of $10 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $222 million resulting from an increase in the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(9) Fiscal 2007 income tax expense of $56 million includes a non-cash charge of approximately $180 million resulting from an increase in the valuation allowance against certain net deferred tax assets.
 
(10) See Note 23, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for further discussion.
 
(11) Fiscal 2011 includes a non-cash charge of $24 million related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and unamortized discounts in conjunction with the refinancing of Spectrum Brands’ term loan. Fiscal 2010 includes a non-cash charge of $83 million related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and unamortized discounts and premiums related to the extinguishment and refinancing of debt that was completed in conjunction with the SB/RH Merger.
 
(12) Reorganization items (expense) income directly relates to Spectrum Brands’ voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code that commenced in February 2009 and concluded in August 2009. In addition to administrative costs related to the reorganization, it reflects during the eleven months ended


85


Table of Contents

August 30, 2009, a $1,088 million gain from fresh-start reporting adjustments and a $147 million gain on cancellation of debt. See Note 24, Reorganization Items, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for further details of these reorganization items.
 
(13) For Fiscal 2011, diluted weighted average common shares outstanding reflect the dilutive effect of preferred stock of 19.1 million shares and stock options of 0.1 million shares. For other periods presented, diluted average shares outstanding does not assume the exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. See Note 18, Earnings Per Share, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for further details regarding the calculation of net income (loss) per common share.
 
(14) Amounts reflect the results of continuing operations only.
 
(15) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities of the Consumer Products and Other sections of the consolidated balance sheet, where applicable.


86


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
 
Introduction
 
This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of Harbinger Group Inc. (“HGI,” “we,” “us,” “our” and, collectively with its subsidiaries or as its accounting predecessor prior to June 16, 2010, the “Company”) should be read in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” and our accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”) referred to in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”). Certain statements we make under this Item 7 constitute “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the ‘Safe Harbor’ Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K. You should consider our forward-looking statements in light of our Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).
 
All references to Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 refer to fiscal periods ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
HGI Overview
 
We are a holding company and our principal operations are conducted through subsidiaries that offer life insurance and annuity products, and branded consumer products such as batteries, pet supplies, home and garden control products, personal care and small appliances. Our outstanding common stock is 93.2% owned, collectively, by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”), Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (together, the “Principal Stockholders”), not giving effect to the conversion rights of the Series A Participating Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series A-2 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) discussed below in “Fiscal 2011 Events.”
 
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of industries and growing acquired businesses. We view the acquisition of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Spectrum Brands”) and the acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGL,” formally Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.), both discussed below in “Fiscal 2011 Events,” as first steps in the implementation of that strategy. We have identified the following six sectors in which we intend to primarily pursue acquisition opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources. In addition to our intention to acquire controlling interests, we may also from time to time make investments in debt instruments, acquire minority equity interests in companies and expand our operating businesses.
 
We believe that our access to the public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities with whom we compete to acquire certain target businesses on favorable terms. We may pay acquisition consideration in the form of cash, our debt or equity securities, or a combination thereof. In addition, as a part of our acquisition strategy we may consider raising additional capital through the issuance of equity or debt securities.
 
Fiscal 2011 Events
 
On November 15, 2010 and June 28, 2011, we issued $350 million and $150 million, respectively, or $500 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (the “10.625% Notes”). We used the net proceeds of the $350 million 10.625% Notes to acquire FGL as discussed below. We are using the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes which may include the financing of future acquisitions and other investments.
 
On January 7, 2011, we acquired a then 54.5% (currently 53.1%) controlling interest in Spectrum Brands, a diversified global branded consumer products company, by issuing approximately 119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Principal Stockholders in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands in a transaction we refer to as the “Spectrum Brands Acquisition”. Subsequently, in July 2011, the Principal Stockholders sold approximately 6.3 million shares of the Spectrum Brands common stock they held and Spectrum Brands sold approximately 1.2 million newly-issued shares of its common stock in a public offering. As of September 30, 2011, the Company’s and Principal Stockholders’ ownership of the outstanding common stock of Spectrum Brands was 53.1% and 0.3%, respectively.


87


Table of Contents

Spectrum Brands reflects the combination on June 16, 2010, of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“SBI”), a global branded consumer products company, and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (“Russell Hobbs”), a global branded small appliance company, in a transaction we refer to as the “SB/RH Merger”. Prior to the SB/RH Merger, the Principal Stockholders owned approximately 40% and 100% of the outstanding common stock of SBI and Russell Hobbs, respectively. As a result of the SB/RH Merger, Spectrum Brands issued an approximately 65% controlling financial interest to the Principal Stockholders and an approximately 35% noncontrolling financial interest to other stockholders. Spectrum Brands’ shares of common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPB.”
 
Immediately prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Principal Stockholders held controlling financial interests in both Spectrum Brands and us. As a result, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is considered a transaction between entities under common control under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805: “Business Combinations,” and is accounted for similar to the pooling of interest method. In accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 805, the assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts differ). Although we were the issuer of shares in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, during the historical periods presented Spectrum Brands was an operating business and we were not. Therefore, Spectrum Brands has been reflected as the predecessor and receiving entity in our financial statements to provide a more meaningful presentation of the transaction to our stockholders. Accordingly, our financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as our historical financial statements those of Spectrum Brands and SBI, and our assets and liabilities have been recorded at the Principal Stockholders’ basis as of the date that common control was first established (June 16, 2010). As SBI was the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial statements of SBI are included as our predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
 
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30 to conform to the fiscal year end of Spectrum Brands.
 
On March 9, 2011, we acquired Harbinger F&G, LLC (formerly, Harbinger OM, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“HFG”), and FS Holdco Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited company (“FS Holdco”), from the Master Fund under a transfer agreement (the “Transfer Agreement”) entered into on March 7, 2011. As a result, we indirectly assumed the rights and obligations of HFG to acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FGL and certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group (UK) Limited (“OM Group”) as lender, and FGL, as borrower, in consideration for $350 million, which could be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain regulatory approval is not received. FS Holdco is a recently formed holding company, which is the indirect parent company of Front Street Re, Ltd. (“Front Street”), a recently formed Bermuda-based reinsurer. Subject to regulatory approval, Front Street will enter into a reinsurance agreement with FGL to reinsure up to $3 billion of insurance obligations under annuity contracts of FGL. Front Street has not engaged in any significant business to date, but expects to provide reinsurance for fixed annuities with third parties as well as FGL. FS Holdco has not engaged in any business other than transactions contemplated under the Transfer Agreement. See Note 26 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this transaction.
 
On April 6, 2011, we completed the acquisition of FGL for a cash purchase price of $350 million, which could be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain regulatory approval is not received, from OM Group in a transaction we refer to as the “FGL Acquisition.” We incurred approximately $22 million of expenses relating to this transaction, which included expense reimbursements to the Master Fund of $13.3 million and $5 million of the $350 million purchase price that was re-characterized as an expense since OM Group made a $5 million expense reimbursement to the Master Fund upon closing of the FGL Acquisition. FGL, through its insurance subsidiaries, is a provider of fixed annuity products in the United States. The FGL Acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of FGL’s operations have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing April 6, 2011. See Note 22 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this acquisition.
 
On May 13, 2011 and August 5, 2011, we issued 280,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 120,000 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in private placements for total gross proceeds of $400 million. The Preferred Stock (i) is redeemable for cash (or, if a holder does not elect cash, automatically converted into common stock) on May 13, 2018, (ii) is convertible into our common stock at an initial conversion price of $6.50 per share for


88


Table of Contents

the Series A and $7.00 per share for the Series A-2, both subject to anti-dilution adjustments, (iii) has a liquidation preference of the greater of 150% of the purchase price or the value that would be received if it were converted into common stock, (iv) accrues a cumulative quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of 8% and (v) has a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specified rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value. The Preferred Stock is entitled to vote, subject to certain regulatory limitations, and to receive cash dividends and in-kind distributions on an as-converted basis with our common stock. We are using the aggregate net proceeds of $386 million, net of related total fees and expenses of approximately $14 million, from the issuances of the Preferred Stock for general corporate purposes, which may include future acquisitions and other investments.
 
We currently operate in two segments: consumer products through Spectrum Brands and insurance through FGL.
 
Consumer Products Segment
 
Through Spectrum Brands, we are a diversified global branded consumer products company with positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small appliances; pet supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and grooming; electric personal care; and portable lighting.
 
Spectrum Brands manufactures and markets alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty pet supplies. Manufacturing and product development facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin America and Asia. Spectrum Brands designs and markets rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care products and portable lighting products, substantially all of which are manufactured by third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
 
Spectrum Brands sells products in approximately 130 countries through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and enjoys strong name recognition in these markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1, Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
 
The “Spectrum Value Model” is at the heart of Spectrum Brands’ operating approach. This model emphasizes providing value to the consumer with products that work as well as or better than competitive products for a lower cost, while also delivering higher retailer margins. Efforts are concentrated on winning at point of sale and on creating and maintaining a low-cost, efficient operating structure.
 
Spectrum Brands’ operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and general competitive positioning, especially as impacted by competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
 
Chapter 11 Proceedings of SBI in Fiscal 2009
 
On February 3, 2009, SBI and each of its wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions (the “Bankruptcy Cases”) under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Filing”) for the Western District of Texas. On August 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. SBI adopted fresh-start reporting as of a convenience date of August 30, 2009. The term “Predecessor” refers only to SBI prior to Effective Date and the term “Successor” refers to the Company for the periods subsequent to the Effective Date.
 
Cost Reduction Initiatives
 
Spectrum Brands continually seeks to improve its operational efficiency, match its manufacturing capacity and product costs to market demand and better utilize its manufacturing resources. Spectrum Brands has undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and operating costs.


89


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2009.  In connection with Spectrum Brands’ announcement of a plan to reduce headcount and to exit certain facilities in the United States, the Company implemented a number of cost reduction initiatives (the “Global Cost Reduction Initiatives”). These initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of its capital structure.
 
Fiscal 2008.  In connection with Spectrum Brands’ decision to exit its zinc carbon and alkaline battery manufacturing and distribution facility in Ninghai, China, it undertook cost reduction initiatives (the “Ningbo Exit Plan”). These initiatives included fixed cost savings by integrating production equipment into the remaining production facilities and headcount reductions.
 
Fiscal 2007.  In connection with Spectrum Brands’ changing to product-focused management reporting, it undertook a number of cost reduction measures (the “Global Realignment Initiatives”) which included a headcount reduction of approximately 200 employees.
 
Insurance Segment
 
Through FGL, we are a provider of annuity and life insurance products to the middle and upper-middle income markets in the United States. Based in Baltimore, Maryland, FGL operates in the United States through its subsidiaries Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”) and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (“FGL NY Insurance”).
 
FGL’s principal products are deferred annuities (including fixed indexed annuity (“FIA”) contracts, immediate annuities, and life insurance products, which are sold through a network of approximately 300 independent marketing organizations (“IMOs”) representing approximately 25,000 independent agents and managing general agents. As of September 30, 2011, FGL had over 745,000 policyholders nationwide and distributes its products throughout the United States of America.
 
FGL’s most important IMOs are referred to as “Power Partners.” FGL’s Power Partners are currently comprised of 19 annuity IMOs and 9 life insurance IMOs. From April 6, 2011 through September 30, 2011, these Power Partners accounted for approximately 70% of FGL’s sales volume. FGL believes that their relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average tenure of the top ten Power Partners is approximately 12.5 years.
 
Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), premium collections for FIAs and fixed rate annuities and immediate annuities without life contingency are reported as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) instead of as revenues. Similarly, cash payments to policyholders are reported as decreases in the liability for contractholder funds and not as expenses. Sources of revenues for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are net investment income, surrender and other charges deducted from contractholder funds, and net realized gains (losses) on investments. Components of expenses for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are interest sensitive and index product benefits (primarily interest credited to account balances), amortization of intangibles including value of business acquired (“VOBA”) and deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), other operating costs and expenses and income taxes.
 
Earnings from products accounted for as deposit liabilities are primarily generated from the excess of net investment income earned over the interest credited or the cost of providing index credits to the policyholder, known as the net investment spread. With respect to FIAs, the cost of providing index credits includes the expenses incurred to fund the annual index credits and where applicable, minimum guaranteed interest credited. Proceeds received upon expiration or early termination of call options purchased to fund annual index credits are recorded as part of the change in fair value of derivatives, and are largely offset by an expense for index credits earned on annuity contractholder fund balances.
 
FGL’s profitability depends in large part upon the amount of assets under management, the ability to manage operating expenses, the costs of acquiring new business (principally commissions to agents and bonuses credited to policyholders) and the investment spreads earned on contractholder fund balances. Managing investment spreads involves the ability to manage investment portfolios to maximize returns and minimize risks such as interest rate changes and defaults or impairment of investments and the ability to manage interest rates credited to policyholders and costs of the options and futures purchased to fund the annual index credits on the FIAs.


90


Table of Contents

 
Results of Operations
 
Fiscal 2011 includes the results of HGI, Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs for the full year and the results of FGL for the period from April 6, 2011 through September 30, 2011.
 
Fiscal 2010 includes the results of Spectrum Brands/SBI for the full year and the results of Russell Hobbs and HGI for the period from June 16, 2010 through September 30, 2010. As a result of the HGI acquisition of Spectrum Brands being accounted for similar to the pooling of interest method, we have included the results of HGI from June 16, 2010, the date at which both HGI and Spectrum Brands were entities under common control, through the end of the period.
 
Fiscal 2009 includes the results of SBI only, reflecting for purposes of this discussion the combined results of the Predecessor for the period October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and the Successor for the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009. Upon adoption of fresh start reporting effective August 30, 2009, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their fair values. Accordingly, the reported results of the Predecessor are not comparable to those of the Successor.


91


Table of Contents

Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of operations and compares the amount of the change between the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (the “2011 Change”) and between the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (the “2010 Change”) (in millions):
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year     Increase/(Decrease)  
                      2011
    2010
 
    2011     2010     2009     Change     Change  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Consumer Products and Other — Net Sales
  $ 3,187     $ 2,567     $ 2,231     $ 620     $ 336  
Insurance
    291                   291        
                                         
Total revenues
    3,478       2,567       2,231       911       336  
                                         
Operating costs and expenses:
                                       
Consumer Products and Other:
                                       
Cost of goods sold
    2,058       1,646       1,414       412       232  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    947       761       659       186       102  
                                         
      3,005       2,407       2,073       598       334  
                                         
Insurance:
                                       
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
    248                   248        
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
    72                   72        
Amortization of intangibles
    (11 )                 (11 )      
                                         
      309                   309        
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    3,314       2,407       2,073       907       334  
                                         
Operating income
    164       160       158       4       2  
Interest expense
    (249 )     (277 )     (190 )     28       (87 )
Bargain purchase gain from business acquisition
    151                   151        
Other (expense) income, net
    (15 )     (12 )     (3 )     (3 )     (9 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items and income taxes
    51       (129 )     (35 )     180       (94 )
Reorganization items (expense) income, net
          (3 )     1,139       3       (1,142 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    51       (132 )     1,104       183       (1,236 )
Income tax expense
    51       63       74       (12 )     (11 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
          (195 )     1,030       195       (1,225 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
          (3 )     (86 )     3       83  
                                         
Net income (loss)
          (198 )     944       198       (1,142 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (35 )     (46 )           11       (46 )
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest
    35       (152 )     944       187       (1,096 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    20                   20        
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common and participating preferred stockholders
  $ 15     $ (152 )   $ 944     $ 167     $ (1,096 )
                                         


92


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010
 
Revenues
 
Consumer Products and Other
 
Net sales increased $620 million, or 24%, to $3,187 million in Fiscal 2011 from $2,567 million in Fiscal 2010. Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    Fiscal Year     Increase /
 
    2011     2010     (Decrease)  
 
Product line net sales
                       
Consumer batteries
  $ 862     $ 866     $ (4 )
Small appliances
    778       231       547  
Pet supplies
    579       566       13  
Home and garden control products
    354       343       11  
Electric shaving and grooming products
    274       257       17  
Electric personal care products
    248       216       32  
Portable lighting products
    92       88       4  
                         
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 3,187     $ 2,567     $ 620  
                         
 
Global consumer battery net sales decreased $4 million, or less than 1%, during Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010, primarily driven by decreased sales in Latin America of $37 million which were partially offset by increased sales in North America and Europe of $17 million and $5 million, respectively, as well as favorable foreign exchange impacts of $11 million. Net sales decreases in Latin America were primarily driven by competitive pressures in Brazil. North American net sales increased as a result of strong holiday sales during the first fiscal quarter, distribution gains throughout the year and incremental sales due to severe weather patterns during Fiscal 2011. The sales increases in Europe were primarily attributable to successful promotion of Spectrum Brands’ Varta value sub-brands as well as customer gains.
 
Small appliances net sales increased $547 million principally reflecting the full year inclusion of Russell Hobbs in Fiscal 2011 whereas Fiscal 2010 included Russell Hobbs only from the June 16, 2010 date of the SB/RH Merger through September 30, 2010. Also contributing to the increase was a $15 million, or 8%, increase in small appliances net sales during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2011 compared to the same quarter of Fiscal 2010 (the first full quarter following the acquisition of Russell Hobbs). The increase was driven by higher North American revenues in beverage, cooking and food preparation appliances, distribution gains and promotional increases at existing retailers, partially offset by reduced sales in Europe due to a strategic decision to exit low-margin, local secondary brands in France and Germany. Foreign exchange positively impacted the small appliances product net sales by $5 million.
 
Pet product sales during Fiscal 2011 increased $13 million, or 2%, compared to Fiscal 2010. The increase of $13 million is attributable to increased companion animal product sales of $15 million, of which $7 million was a direct result of the SB/RH Merger with the remaining $8 million being driven by the acquisition of Birdola, successful product launches and continued expansion in Europe. Favorable foreign exchange impacted sales by $8 million. These gains were partially offset by decreased aquatics sales of $10 million resulting from overall macroeconomic conditions.
 
Net sales of home and garden control products increased $11 million, or 3%, during Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010. This increase is a result of increased household insect controls sales of $14 million, of which $4 million related to the SB/RH Merger. The remaining growth in household insect control sales was driven by increased distribution and product placements with major customers. These gains were partially offset by a $3 million decrease in lawn and garden control sales due to unseasonable weather conditions in the United States, which negatively impacted the lawn and garden season.


93


Table of Contents

Electric shaving and grooming product net sales during Fiscal 2011 increased $17 million, or 7%, compared to Fiscal 2010 primarily due to increased sales within North America, Europe and Latin America of $6 million, $4 million and $3 million, respectively, coupled with favorable foreign exchange translation of $4 million. North American sales increases were driven by distribution and customer gains and increased online sales. Latin American sales increases were driven by distribution gains.
 
Electric personal care product net sales increased $32 million, or 15%, during Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010. The increase of $32 million during Fiscal 2011 was attributable to increases in North America, Europe and Latin America of $12 million, $14 million and $2 million, respectively, coupled with favorable foreign exchange impacts of $4 million. The increases in North American and European sales were a result of successful product launches, distribution and customer gains and increased online sales while increases in Latin American sales were driven by distribution gains.
 
Net sales of portable lighting products increased $4 million, or 4%, in Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010 as a result of increases in North America of $7 million as well as favorable foreign exchange translation of $1 million, offset by a decrease in Latin American sales of $4 million. The increased sales in North America were primarily attributable to distribution gains, including successful launches with multiple online retailers, as well as a successful new product line launch at a major customer, whereas the sales decrease in Latin America was driven by competitive pressures in the region.
 
Insurance
 
Insurance revenues consist of the following components within Fiscal 2011 following the FGL Acquisition on April 6, 2011 (in millions):
 
         
    For the Period
 
    April 6, 2011 to
 
    September 30,
 
    2011  
 
Premiums
  $ 39  
Net investment income
    370  
Net investment losses
    (167 )
Insurance and investment product fees and other
    49  
         
Total insurance revenues
  $ 291  
         
 
Premiums of $39 million reflect insurance premiums for traditional life insurance products which are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. FGL has ceded the majority of its traditional life business to unaffiliated third party reinsurers. The remaining traditional life business is primarily related to traditional life contracts that contain return of premium riders, which have not been reinsured to third party reinsurers.
 
Investment income of $377 million (before deducting investment management fees of $7 million), less $284 million of interest credited and option costs on annuity deposits, resulted in an investment spread of $93 million, or 1.32% (annualized), during the period. Changes in investment spread primarily result from the yield earned on FGL’s investment portfolio as well as the aggregate interest credited and option costs on FGL’s FIA products which can be impacted by the costs of options purchased to fund the annual index credits on FIA contracts. Average invested assets (on an amortized cost basis) for the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011 were $16.2 billion and the average yield earned on average invested assets was 4.78% (annualized) for the period compared to interest credited and option costs of 3.46% (annualized).
 
FGL’s net investment spread for the period is summarized as follows (annualized):
 
         
    For the Period
    April 6, 2011 to
    September 30,
    2011
 
Average yield on invested assets
    4.78 %
Interest credited and option cost
    3.46 %
Net investment spread
    1.32 %


94


Table of Contents

Net investment losses, including impairment losses, recognized in operations fluctuate from period to period based upon changes in the interest rate and economic environment and the timing of the sale of investments or the recognition of other-than-temporary impairments. For the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011, fixed maturity available-for-sale securities and equity securities had net investment gains of $24 million related to security sales offset by other-than-temporary impairments of $18 million during the period. The other-than-temporary impairments were primarily related to securities FGL intended to sell as of September 30, 2011. Net investment gains for the period were offset by net realized and unrealized losses of $171 million on derivative instruments purchased to hedge the annual index credits for FIA contracts. The components of the realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments are as follows (in millions):
 
         
    For the Period
 
    April 6, 2011 to
 
    September 30,
 
    2011  
 
Call options:
       
Loss on option expiration
  $ (24 )
Change in unrealized gain/loss
    (119 )
Futures contracts:
       
Loss on futures contracts expiration
    (21 )
Change in unrealized gain/loss
    (7 )
         
    $ (171 )
         
 
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments primarily result from the performance of the indices upon which the call options and futures contracts are based and the aggregate cost of options purchased. A substantial portion of the call options and futures contracts are based upon the Standard and Poors (“S&P”) 500 Index with the remainder based upon other equity and bond market indices. Thus the fair value of the derivatives will fluctuate from period to period based upon changes in the S&P 500 index. Accordingly, the change in the unrealized loss on derivatives was primarily driven by the 15% decrease in the S&P 500 Index during the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011.
 
The average index credits to policyholders during the period is as follows:
 
         
    For the Period
    April 6, 2011 to
    September 30,
    2011
 
S&P 500 Index:
       
Point-to-point strategy
    4.63 %
Monthly average strategy
    4.03 %
Monthly point-to-point strategy
    2.69 %
3 year high water mark
    0.04 %
 
The average return to contractholders from index credits during the period was 3.61%. Actual amounts credited to contractholder fund balances may be less than the index appreciation due to contractual features in the FIA contracts (caps, participation rates and asset fees) which allow us to manage the cost of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits. The level of realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments is also influenced by the aggregate costs of options purchased. The aggregate cost of options is primarily influenced by the amount of FIA contracts in force. The aggregate cost of options is also influenced by the amount of contractholder funds allocated to the various indices and market volatility which affects option pricing. The cost of options purchased during the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011 was $68 million.
 
Insurance and investment products fees and other for the period were $49 million and consist primarily of cost of insurance and surrender charges assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholders allowable penalty-free amounts (up to 10% of the prior year’s value, subject to certain limitations). Withdrawals from annuity


95


Table of Contents

and universal life policies subject to surrender charges were $572 million for the period and the average surrender charge collected on withdrawals was 3.49% for the period.
 
Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Consumer Products and Other
 
Costs of Goods Sold/Gross Profit.  Gross profit, representing net sales minus cost of goods sold, for Fiscal 2011 was $1,129 million compared to $921 million during Fiscal 2010, representing a $208 million increase. Our gross profit margin, representing gross profit as a percentage of net sales, for Fiscal 2011 decreased slightly to 35.4% from 35.9% in Fiscal 2010. The increase in gross profit is primarily attributable to increased sales coupled with the non-recurrence of a $34 million increase in cost of goods sold that resulted from the sale of inventory that was revalued in connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Cose which was recognized during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010. The increased sales due to the SB/RH Merger accounted for a gross profit increase of $152 million during Fiscal 2011 as compared to Fiscal 2010. The decrease in gross profit margin is attributable to the change in overall product mix as a result of the SB/RH Merger as well as increasing commodity prices during Fiscal 2011.
 
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) increased $186 million, or 24%, to $947 million in Fiscal 2011 from $761 million in Fiscal 2010. The increase is primarily due to $111 million of SG&A for the addition of Russell Hobbs, an impairment charge on trade name intangible assets of $32 million principally in the small appliances and pet supplies product lines, an increase in stock compensation expense at Spectrum Brands of $14 million and an increase in corporate expenses at HGI of $38 million. The increase in corporate expenses at HGI was primarily due to a full year of corporate overhead in Fiscal 2011 compared to a partial year in Fiscal 2010 commencing June 16, 2010 (the date that common control was first established over Spectrum Brands and HGI), $4 million of start-up costs for Front Street and $20 million of higher acquisition related costs. The acquisition related costs at HGI were $27 million during Fiscal 2011 and included $23 million for the FGL Acquisition, $1 million for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and $3 million of other project related expenses. These increases were partially offset by savings from Spectrum Brands’ integration efforts, global cost reduction initiatives and favorable foreign exchange translations in Fiscal 2011.
 
Insurance
 
Benefits and Other Changes in Policy Reserves.  Benefits and other changes in policy reserves of $248 million for the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011 includes the change in the FIA embedded derivative liability which includes the market value option liability change and the present value of future credits and guarantee liability change. The market value option liability decreased $264 million for Fiscal 2011 primarily due to the decrease in the equity markets during the period. The present value of future credits and guarantee liability increased $121 million for the period primarily as a result of the decrease in the risk free rates. Fair value accounting for derivative instruments and the embedded derivatives in the FIA contracts creates differences in the recognition of revenues and expenses from derivative instruments including the embedded derivative liability in FIA contracts. The change in fair value of the embedded derivatives will not correspond to the change in fair value of the derivatives (purchased call options and futures contracts) because the purchased derivatives cover the next annual index period while the embedded derivative liabilities cover estimated credits over the expected life of the FIA contracts. Additionally, there were index credits, interest credits and bonuses of $292 million and policy benefits and other reserve movements of $99 million during the period. Changes in index credits are attributable to changes in the underlying indices and the amount of funds allocated by policyholders to the respective index options. Benefits also include claims incurred during the period in excess of contractholder fund balances, traditional life


96


Table of Contents

benefits and the change in reserves for traditional life insurance products. Below is a summary of the major components included in benefits and other changes in policy reserves for the period (in millions):
 
         
    For the Period
 
    April 6, 2011 to
 
    September 30,
 
    2011  
 
FIA and index universal life market value option liability change
  $ (264 )
FIA present value future credits and guarantee liability change
    121  
Index credits, interest credited and bonuses
    292  
Total policy benefits and other reserve movements
    99  
         
    $ 248  
         
 
Acquisition and Operating Expenses, net of Deferrals.  Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals for the period were $72 million and include costs and expenses related to the acquisition and ongoing maintenance of insurance and investment contracts, including commissions, policy issuance expenses and other underwriting and general operating costs. These costs and expenses are net of amounts that are capitalized and deferred, which are primary costs and expenses that vary with and are primarily related to the sale and issuance of our insurance policies and investment contracts, such as first-year commissions in excess of ultimate renewal commissions and other policy issuance expenses. During the period, acquisition and operating expenses included a $14 million charge for letter of credit facility fees due to the early termination of the facility, $6 million in expense allowances paid to reinsurers, general operating expenses of $41 million, and $11 million of commission and bonus expenses, net of deferrals. Included in total net commission expense was $9 million of commission and bonus related to pre-acquisition business which were not deferred as there was no VOBA established for it as of the FGL acquisition date.
 
Amortization of Intangibles.  Amortization of intangibles of $(11) million includes capitalized accrued interest of $14 million, which increases the VOBA intangible asset, less $2 million of net VOBA amortization based on gross margins, resulting in net negative VOBA amortization of $12 million which was partially offset by $1 million of DAC amortization for the period ended September 30, 2011. In general, amortization of DAC will increase each period due to the growth in our annuity business and the deferral of policy acquisition costs incurred with respect to sales of annuity products, however we may experience negative DAC amortization during periods of gross losses. The anticipated increase in amortization from these factors will be affected by amortization associated with fair value accounting for derivatives and embedded derivatives utilized in our FIA business and amortization associated with net realized gains (losses) on investments and net other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in operations.
 
Adjusted Operating Income — Insurance.  Adjusted operating income, a non-US GAAP financial measure frequently used throughout the insurance industry and an economic measure FGL uses to evaluate its financial performance each period, was $48 million pretax for the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011. The table below includes the adjustments made to the reported operating loss of the insurance segment to calculate its adjusted operating income for the period from April 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011 (in millions):
 
         
    Period from
 
    April 6, 2011 to
 
    September 30,
 
    2011  
 
Reconciliation to reported operating loss:
       
Reported operating loss — insurance segment
  $ (18 )
Effect of investment gains (losses), net of offsets
    (1 )
Effect of change in FIA embedded derivative discount rate, net of offsets
    43  
Effects of transaction related reinsurance
    24  
         
Adjusted operating income-pretax
  $ 48  
         
 
Adjusted operating income is calculated by adjusting the insurance segment operating loss to eliminate the impact of net investment gains (losses), including net other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in operations,


97


Table of Contents

the effect of changes in the rates used to discount the FIA embedded derivative liability, the effects of acquisition related reinsurance transactions, net of the corresponding VOBA and DAC impact related to these adjustments. These items fluctuate year over year in a manner inconsistent with FGL’s core operations. Accordingly, we believe using a measure which excludes their impact is effective in analyzing the trends of FGL’s operations. Together with reported operating income (loss), we believe adjusted operating income enhances the understanding of FGL’s underlying results and profitability which in turn provides a meaningful analysis tool for our investors.
 
Non-US GAAP measures such as adjusted operating income should not be used as a substitute for reported operating income (loss). We believe the adjustments made to reported operating loss of the insurance segment in order to derive adjusted operating income are significant to gaining an understanding of FGL’s results of operations. For example, FGL could have strong operating results in a given period, yet show operating income (loss) that is materially less, if during the period the fair value of its derivative assets hedging the FIA index credit obligations decreased due to general equity market conditions but the embedded derivative liability related to the index credit obligation did not decrease in the same proportion as the derivative asset because of non-equity market factors such as interest rate movements. Similarly, FGL could also have poor operating results yet show operating income that is materially greater, if during the period the fair value of the derivative assets increases but the embedded derivative liability increase is less than the fair value change of the derivative assets. FGL hedges its FIA index credits with a combination of static and dynamic strategies, which can result in earnings volatility, the effects of which are generally likely to reverse over time. The management and board of directors of FGL review adjusted operating income and reported operating income (loss) as part of their examination of FGL’s overall financial results. However, these examples illustrate the significant impact derivative and embedded derivative movements can have on such operating income. Accordingly, the management and board of directors of FGL perform an independent review and analysis of these items, as part of their review of FGL’s hedging results each period.
 
The adjustments to reported operating loss noted in the table above are net of amortization of DAC and VOBA. Amounts attributable to the fair value accounting for derivatives hedging the FIA index credits and the related embedded derivative liability fluctuate from period to period based upon changes in the fair values of call options purchased to fund the annual index credits for FIAs, changes in the interest rates used to discount the embedded derivative liability, and the fair value assumptions reflected in the embedded derivative liability. The accounting standards for fair value measurement require the discount rates used in the calculation of the embedded derivative liability to be based on the risk-free interest rates adjusted for our non-performance. A decline in the equity market during the period caused the fair value of our derivative assets and embedded derivative liability to decrease, however a decrease in discount rates resulted in a partially offsetting increase in the embedded derivative liability which we have removed from adjusted operating income. Also included in adjustments to operating income was letter of credit facility fees amortization due to the early termination of the facility. The facility which collateralized redundant reserves ceded to an affiliate on April 7, 2011 was replaced by recapturing the block and ceding it to Wilton Re as of October 17, 2011. Settlement adjustments through September 30, 2011 of ceding the block to Wilton Re also resulted in a charge for the period which we have removed from operating income. In evaluating our operating results, these adjustments have been removed from operating income as acquisition related reinsurance transactions.
 
Consolidated
 
Consolidated operating costs and expenses are expected to increase as we recognize the full period effect of the FGL Acquisition, continue to actively pursue our acquisition strategy and increase corporate oversight due to acquisitions, both of which will entail the hiring of additional personnel at HGI, and experience continued growth at subsidiaries. These increases will be partially offset by cost synergies that Spectrum Brands expects to achieve with the SB/RH Merger and savings from its pet supplies product line restructuring over the next two years.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $28 million to $249 million in Fiscal 2011 from $277 million in Fiscal 2010. The decrease in interest expense is the result of a $40 million decrease in charges related to debt refinancings and prepayments at Spectrum Brands from $77 million in Fiscal 2010 to $37 million in Fiscal 2011, a $29 million decrease in other interest expense at Spectrum Brands primarily due to a reduction in interest rates and average outstanding balances due to its debt refinancing and prepayments, partially offset by $39 million of interest expense related to our 10.625% Notes initially issued in November 2010. During Fiscal 2010, Spectrum Brands


98


Table of Contents

recorded $77 million of charges related to the refinancing of Spectrum Brands’ debt in connection with the SB/RH Merger consisting of (i) $61 million for the write-offs of the unamortized portion of the discounts, premiums and debt issuance costs related to Spectrum Brands’ debt that was refinanced; (ii) $9 million related to bridge commitment fees while Spectrum Brands was refinancing its debt; (iii) $4 million of prepayment penalties; and (iv) $3 million related to the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap. During Fiscal 2011, Spectrum Brands recorded $37 million of charges related to term debt refinancings and prepayments consisting of (i) the accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount totaling $31 million and (ii) prepayment penalties of $6 million.
 
Bargain Purchase Gain from Business Acquisition.  The FGL Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, which resulted in a bargain purchase gain under US GAAP. We believe that the resulting bargain purchase gain of $151 million is reasonable based on the following circumstances: (a) the seller was highly motivated to sell FGL, as it had publicly announced its intention to do so approximately a year prior to the sale, (b) the fair value of FGL’s investments and statutory capital increased between the date that the purchase price was initially negotiated and the date of the FGL Acquisition, (c) as a further inducement to consummate the sale, the seller waived, among other requirements, any potential upward adjustment of the purchase price for an improvement in FGL’s statutory capital between the date of the initially negotiated purchase price and the date of the FGL Acquisition and (d) an independent appraisal of FGL’s business indicated that its fair value was in excess of the purchase price.
 
Other (Expense) Income, net.  Other (expense) income, net was $(15) million for Fiscal 2011 compared to $(12) million for Fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2011 consists principally of $(41) million of net recognized losses on trading securities, including $(44) million of unrealized losses on those still held at September 30, 2011, reflecting the general stock market decline since those securities were purchased in the second half of Fiscal 2011. Refer to Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our trading securities. These losses were partially offset by a $28 million mark to market change in the fair value of the equity conversion feature of our Preferred Stock, which resulted primarily from a decline in the market price of our common stock since the Preferred Stock was issued in the second half of Fiscal 2011. Refer to Notes 6 and 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the accounting for this embedded derivative liability.
 
Other (expense) income, net of $(12) million for Fiscal 2010 included a $10 million expense for a foreign exchange loss recognized in connection with the designation of Spectrum Brands’ Venezuelan subsidiary as being in a highly inflationary economy, as well as the devaluation of Venezuela’s currency. At January 4, 2010, the beginning of our second quarter of Fiscal 2010, we determined that Venezuela meets the definition of a highly inflationary economy under US GAAP. As a result, beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the functional currency for Spectrum Brands’ Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly, going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this subsidiary’s financial statements and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses have been reflected in earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Reorganization Items.  During Fiscal 2010, Spectrum Brands, in connection with its reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in 2009, recorded reorganization items (expense), net of $(3) million, which primarily consisted of legal and professional fees.
 
Income Taxes.  Our tax rates are affected by many factors, including our worldwide earnings from various countries, changes in legislation and tax characteristics of our income. In Fiscal 2011 we had an effective tax rate of 99.8% and in Fiscal 2010, we reported a consolidated provision for income taxes, despite a pretax loss from continuing operations, reflecting an effective tax rate of (47.8)%. Such rates differ from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% principally due to (i) deferred income tax provision related to the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes, (ii) pretax losses in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions for which no tax benefit can be recognized due to valuation allowances we have provided on our net operating loss carryforward tax benefits


99


Table of Contents

and other deferred tax assets and (iii) pretax income in other jurisdictions that is subject to tax. Partially offsetting these factors in Fiscal 2011 was the $151 million bargain purchase gain from the FGL Acquisition for which no tax provision was required and the reversal of $30 million of valuation allowance based on our reassessment of the amount of FGL’s deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not realizable.
 
See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our income taxes.
 
Discontinued Operations.  Loss from discontinued operations of $3 million in Fiscal 2010 relates to the shutdown of the growing products line of business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the projected input costs and significant working capital demands for growing products during Fiscal 2009.
 
Noncontrolling Interest.  The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $35 million in Fiscal 2011 reflects the share of the net loss of Spectrum Brands during Fiscal 2011 attributable to the noncontrolling interest not owned by HGI (45.5% through July 3, 2011 and 46.9% thereafter). The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $46 million in Fiscal 2010 reflects the 45.5% share of the net loss of Spectrum Brands from June 16, 2010 through September 30, 2010 attributable to the noncontrolling interest not owned by HGI.
 
Preferred Stock Dividends and Accretion.  The Preferred Stock dividends and accretion for Fiscal 2011 of $20 million consists of a cumulative quarterly cash dividend of 8%, a quarterly non-cash principal accretion at an annualized rate of 4% that will be reduced to 2% or 0% if we achieve specific rates of growth measured by increases in our net asset value, and accretion of the carrying value of our Preferred Stock, which was discounted by the bifurcated equity conversion feature and issuance costs. Refer to Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Preferred Stock. As the Preferred Stock was issued in the second half of Fiscal 2011, there were no comparable charges in Fiscal 2010. We expect the non-cash principal accretion of the Preferred Stock will be 4% for Fiscal 2012.
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
Net Sales.  Net sales increased $336 million, or 15%, to $2,567 million in Fiscal 2010 from $2,231 million in Fiscal 2009. Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    Fiscal Year     Increase
 
    2010     2009     (Decrease)  
 
Product line net sales
                       
Consumer batteries
  $ 866     $ 819     $ 47  
Pet supplies
    566       574       (8 )
Home and garden control products
    343       322       21  
Electric shaving and grooming products
    257       225       32  
Small appliances
    231             231  
Electric personal care products
    216       211       5  
Portable lighting products
    88       80       8  
                         
Total net sales to external customers
  $ 2,567     $ 2,231     $ 336  
                         
 
Global consumer battery net sales increased $47 million, or 6%, during Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009, primarily driven by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $15 million coupled with increased sales in North America and Latin America. The increase in net sales in North America was driven by increased volume with a major customer and the increased sales in Latin America were a result of increased specialty battery sales, driven by successfully leveraging Spectrum Brands’ value proposition, that is, products that work as well as or better than its competitors, at a lower price. These gains were partially offset by decreased consumer battery sales of $22 million in Europe, that was primarily due to the continued exit of low margin private label battery sales.
 
Pet product net sales decreased $8 million, or 1%, during Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. The decrease of $8 million was attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $11 million and decreased specialty pet products sales of


100


Table of Contents

$6 million, these decreases were partially offset by the SB/RH Merger as it accounted for a net sales increase of $6 million during Fiscal 2010. Also offsetting the decreases was favorable foreign exchange impacts of $3 million. The $11 million decrease in aquatic sales was due to decreases within the United States and Pacific Rim of $6 million and $5 million, respectively, as a result of reduced demand in this product category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we had maintained our market share in the category. The $6 million decrease in companion animal sales was due to a $9 million decline in the United States, primarily driven by a distribution loss at a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of a product recall, which was tempered by increases of $3 million in Europe.
 
Net sales of home and garden control products increased $21 million, or 6%, during Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. This increase was a result of additional sales to major customers that was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns during Fiscal 2011 in both lawn and garden control products and household control products.
 
Electric shaving and grooming product net sales increased $32 million, or 14%, during Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009 primarily due to increased sales within Europe of $25 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange translation of $5 million. The increase in Europe sales was a result of new product launches, pricing and promotions.
 
Small appliances contributed $231 million or 9% of total net sales for Fiscal 2010. This represents sales related to Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the SB/RH Merger, June 16, 2010, through the close of Fiscal 2010.
 
Electric personal care product net sales increased $5 million, or 2%, during Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. The increase of $5 million during Fiscal 2010 was attributable to favorable foreign exchange impacts of $2 million coupled with modest sales increases within Latin America and North America of $3 million and $1 million, respectively. These sales increases were partially offset by modest declines in Europe of $2 million.
 
Net sales of portable lighting products increased $8 million, or 10%, in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009 as a result of increases in North America of $3 million coupled with a favorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. Net sales of portable lighting products also increased modestly in both Europe and Latin America.
 
Cost of Goods Sold/Gross Profit.  Gross profit was $921 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to $816 million for Fiscal 2009. Our gross profit margin for Fiscal 2010 decreased to 35.9% from 36.6% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in our gross profit margin was primarily a result of Spectrum Brands’ adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon the adoption of fresh-start reporting, inventory balances were revalued to fair value at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation, Spectrum Brands recognized additional cost of goods sold as these inventory items were sold in Fiscal 2009 and 2010, which increased cost of goods sold by $34 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to $15 million of additional cost of goods sold recognized in Fiscal 2009. The impact of the inventory revaluation was offset by lower restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010 of $7 million whereas Fiscal 2009 included $13 million of restructuring and related charges. The restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 were primarily associated with cost reduction initiatives announced in 2009. The $13 million of restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the shutdown of our Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility. See Note 23 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
 
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.  SG&A increased $102 million, or 15%, to $761 million in Fiscal 2010 from $659 million in Fiscal 2009. This increase was primarily due to $52 million of SG&A for the addition of Russell Hobbs, $38 million of acquisition and integration related charges associated with the SB/RH Merger and $8 million of SG&A for the corporate expenses at HGI, including $7 million related to acquisition related work, which are reflected commencing June 16, 2010 (the date that common control was first established over Spectrum Brands and HGI) in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for Fiscal 2010. Also included in SG&A for Fiscal 2010 was additional depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of Spectrum Brands’ long lived assets in connection with its adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, an increase of $14 million in stock compensation expense and an unfavorable foreign exchange translation of $7 million. These increases were partially offset by $34 million of trade name intangible


101


Table of Contents

asset impairment charges in Fiscal 2009 that did not recur in Fiscal 2010 and a $15 million decrease in restructuring and related charges, principally related to the global cost reduction and global realignment initiatives at Spectrum Brands.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $87 million to $277 million in Fiscal 2010 from $190 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to charges of $77 million related to debt refinancing in connection with the SB/RH Merger consisting of: (i) $55 million for the write-off of the unamortized portion of discounts and premiums related to debt that was paid off in conjunction with the refinancing of Spectrum Brands’ debt structure; (ii) $9 million related to bridge commitment fees while these debts were being refinanced; (iii) $6 million for the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt that was paid off; (iv) $4 million related to a prepayment premium; and (v) $3 million related to the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap.
 
Other (Expense) Income, net.  Other (expense) income, net was $(12) million for Fiscal 2010 compared to $(3) million in Fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2010 included a $10 million expense for a foreign exchange loss recognized in connection with the designation of Spectrum Brands’ Venezuelan subsidiary as being in a highly inflationary economy, as well as the devaluation of Venezuela’s currency.
 
Reorganization Items.  During Fiscal 2010, Spectrum Brands, in connection with its reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded reorganization items (expense), net of approximately $(3) million, which primarily consisted of legal and professional fees. During Fiscal 2009, it recorded reorganization items income, net, of $1,139 million, principally attributable to the Predecessor. Reorganization items (expense) income, net in Fiscal 2009 included the following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of $147 million; (ii) gains in connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of $1,088 million; (iii) legal and professional fees of $(79) million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $(11) million; and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $(6) million.
 
Income Taxes.  We reported a consolidated provision for income taxes, despite a pretax loss from continuing operations, which reflected an effective rate of (47.8%) for the year ended September 30, 2010. Such rate differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% principally due to (i) deferred income tax provision related to the change in book versus tax basis of indefinite lived intangibles, which are amortized for tax purposes but not for book purposes, (ii) pretax losses in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions for which no tax benefit can be recognized due to full valuation allowances we have provided on our net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and other deferred tax assets and (iii) pretax income in other jurisdictions that is subject to tax.
 
Our effective tax rate on pretax income or losses from continuing operations was approximately 2.0% for the Predecessor and (256)% for the Successor during Fiscal 2009. The primary drivers of the differences in the effective rates as compared to the U.S. statutory rate of 35% were the fresh-start reporting valuation adjustment in the Fiscal 2009 Predecessor period and residual taxes on the actual and deemed distribution of foreign earnings in the Fiscal 2009 Successor period.
 
Spectrum Brands recognized income tax expense of approximately $124 million related to the gain on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the senior secured credit facility in the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded in “Reorganization items (expense) income, net.” In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code Section 108, Spectrum Brands has reduced its net operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income that arose from its emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
 
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 Spectrum Brands recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately $34 million. The tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit of approximately $13 million. See Note 10, Goodwill and Intangibles, of our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment charges.
 
Discontinued Operations.  During Fiscal 2009, Spectrum Brands shut down its growing products line, which included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations excludes growing products for all periods presented. The


102


Table of Contents

following amounts related to the growing products line have been segregated from continuing operations and have been reflected as discontinued operations during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively (in millions):
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Net sales
  $     $ 31.3  
                 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes
    (2.5 )     (90.9 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    0.2       (4.5 )
                 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $ (2.7 )   $ (86.4 )
                 
 
Noncontrolling Interest.  The net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $46 million in Fiscal 2010 reflects the 45.5% share of the net loss of Spectrum Brands from June 16, 2010 through September 30, 2010 attributable to the noncontrolling interest not owned by HGI during this period. There were no comparable amounts in the Fiscal 2009 Successor and Predecessor periods since the net losses for those periods were entirely attributable to the shareholders of the accounting predecessor, SBI.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
HGI
 
HGI is a holding company and its liquidity needs are primarily for interest payments on the 10.625% Notes (approximately $53 million per year), dividend payments on our Preferred Stock (approximately $32 million per year), professional fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits, support services by Harbinger Capital, office rent, pension expense, insurance costs and to fund certain requirements of its insurance and other subsidiaries. HGI’s current source of liquidity is its cash, cash equivalents and investments and distributions from FGL.
 
In September 2011, we received a $20 million dividend from FGL. We currently expect to receive dividends from FGL in future periods sufficient to fund a substantial portion of the interest payments on the 10.625% Notes. The remainder of HGI’s cash needs for Fiscal 2012 are expected to be satisfied out of cash and investments on hand. Spectrum Brands does not currently pay a dividend and its ability to do so may be dependent on its refinancing its $245 million principal amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019 (the “12% Notes”). The 12% Notes may be redeemed by Spectrum Brands beginning August 2012. The ability of HGI’s subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions is subject to numerous factors, including restrictions contained its subsidiaries’ financing agreements, availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws and regulatory restrictions. Any payment of dividends by FGL is subject to the regulatory restrictions and the approval of such payment by the board of directors of FGL, which must consider various factors, including general economic and business conditions, tax considerations, FGL’s strategic plans, targeted capital ratios (including ratio levels anticipated by rating agencies to maintain or improve current ratings), financial results and condition, FGL’s expansion plans, any contractual, legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends, and such other factors the board of directors of FGL considers relevant. At the same time, HGI’s subsidiaries may require additional capital to maintain or grow their businesses. Such capital could come from HGI, retained earnings at the relevant subsidiary or from third-party sources. For example, Front Street will require additional capital in order to engage in reinsurance transactions, including any possible transaction with FGL, and may require additional capital to meet regulatory capital requirements.
 
We expect our cash, cash equivalents and investments to continue to be a source of liquidity except to the extent they may be used to fund investments in operating businesses or assets. At September 30, 2011, HGI’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were $524 million, not including $49 million as of September 30, 2011 that was posted as collateral for an FGL subsidiary that was returned to us in October 2011.
 
Based on current levels of operations, HGI does not have any significant capital expenditure commitments and management believes that its consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments on hand will be adequate to fund its operational and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. Depending on the size and terms of future acquisitions of operating businesses or assets, HGI and its subsidiaries may raise additional capital through


103


Table of Contents

the issuance of equity, debt, or both. There is no assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to HGI.
 
Spectrum Brands
 
Spectrum Brands expects to fund its cash requirements, including capital expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2012 through a combination of cash on hand ($142 million at September 30, 2011) and cash flows from operations and available borrowings under its revolving credit facility (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”). Spectrum Brands expects its capital expenditures for Fiscal 2012 will be approximately $45 million. Going forward its ability to satisfy financial and other covenants in its senior credit agreements and senior subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or prepayments on its debt and other financial obligations will depend on its future financial and operating performance. There can be no assurances that its business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be available in an amount sufficient to satisfy its debt maturities or to fund its other liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could have a further negative impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Accordingly, Spectrum Brands has and expects it will continue to use a portion of available cash to repay debt prior to expected maturity, for the purpose of improving its capital structure. During Fiscal 2011, Spectrum Brands repaid $225 million of its Senior Secured Term Loan. In November 2011, Spectrum Brands sold an additional $200 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 at a price 108.50% of the par value, representing a yield to worst of 7.29%. The proceeds from the issuance of the notes are intended to be used by Spectrum Brands for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, working capital needs, the refinancing of existing indebtedness, the expansion of Spectrum Brands’ business and possible future acquisitions. In that regard, on December 6, 2011, Spectrum Brands announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to acquire Furminator, Inc. for $140 million in cash. However, Spectrum Brands is targeting net cash flow from operations, less expected capital expenditures, in Fiscal 2012 of a similar amount as Fiscal 2011 so that it can continue to pay down debt.
 
FGL
 
FGL conducts all its operations through operating subsidiaries. Dividends from its subsidiaries are the principal sources of cash to pay dividends to HGI and to meet its obligations, including payments of principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness. Other principal sources of cash include sales of assets.
 
The liquidity requirements of FGL’s regulated insurance subsidiaries principally relate to the liabilities associated with their various insurance and investment products, operating costs and expenses, the payment of dividends to FGL, payment of principal and interest on their outstanding debt obligations and income taxes. Liabilities arising from insurance and investment products include the payment of benefits, as well as cash payments in connection with policy surrenders and withdrawals, policy loans and obligations to redeem funding agreements.
 
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries have used cash flows from operations and investment activities to fund their liquidity requirements. FGL’s insurance subsidiaries’ principal cash inflows from operating activities are derived from premiums, annuity deposits and insurance and investment product fees and other income. The principal cash inflows from investment activities result from repayments of principal, investment income and, as necessary, sales of invested assets.
 
FGL’s insurance subsidiaries maintain investment strategies intended to provide adequate funds to pay benefits without forced sales of investments. Products having liabilities with longer durations, such as certain life insurance, are matched with investments having similar estimated lives such as long-term fixed maturity securities. Shorter-term liabilities are matched with fixed maturity securities that have short- and medium-term fixed maturities. In addition, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries hold highly liquid, high-quality short-term investment securities and other liquid investment grade fixed maturity securities to fund anticipated operating expenses, surrenders and withdrawals. The ability of FGL’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and to make such other payments will be limited by applicable laws and regulations of the states in which its subsidiaries are domiciled, which subject its subsidiaries to significant regulatory restrictions. These laws and regulations require, among other things, FGL’s insurance subsidiaries to maintain minimum solvency requirements and limit the amount of dividends these


104


Table of Contents

subsidiaries can pay. Along with solvency regulations, the primary driver in determining the amount of capital used for dividends is the level of capital needed to maintain desired financial strength ratings from the rating agencies. In that regard, we may limit dividend payments from our major insurance subsidiary to the extent necessary for it to improve its risk based capital ratio to a level anticipated by the rating agencies to maintain or improve its current rating. Given recent economic events that have affected the insurance industry, both regulators and rating agencies could become more conservative in their methodology and criteria, including increasing capital requirements for FGL’s insurance subsidiaries which, in turn, could negatively affect the cash available to FGL from its insurance subsidiaries and, in turn, to us.
 
FGL’s Investment Portfolio
 
In connection with the acquisition accounting related to our acquisition of FGL, the amortized cost of all available-for-sale securities were adjusted to fair value as of the acquisition date of April 6, 2011. For additional information regarding FGL’s investments refer to Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The types of assets in which FGL may invest are influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified investment assets applicable to insurance companies. Within the parameters of these laws, FGL invests in assets giving consideration to three primary investment objectives: (i) income-oriented total return, (ii) yield maintenance/enhancement and (iii) capital preservation/risk mitigation.
 
FGL’s investment portfolio is designed to provide a stable earnings contribution and balanced risk portfolio across asset classes and is primarily invested in high quality corporate bonds with low exposure to consumer-sensitive sectors.
 
As of September 30, 2011, FGL’s investment portfolio was approximately $15.8 billion and was divided among the following asset classes (dollars in millions):
 
                 
    September 30, 2011
    Fair Value   Percent
 
Asset Class
               
Asset-backed securities
  $ 500       3.2 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    566       3.6 %
Corporates
    11,856       75.3 %
Equities
    287       1.8 %
Hybrids
    659       4.2 %
Municipals
    936       5.9 %
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    222       1.4 %
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
    445       2.8 %
U.S. Government
    183       1.2 %
Other (primarily policy loans and derivatives)
    97       0.6 %
                 
Total investments
  $ 15,751       100.0 %
                 
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
 
Insurance statutes regulate the type of investments that FGL’s life subsidiaries are permitted to make and limit the amount of funds that may be used for any one type of investment. In light of these statutes and regulations and FGL’s business and investment strategy, FGL generally seeks to invest in United States government and government-sponsored agency securities and corporate securities rated investment grade by established nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO’s”) or in securities of comparable investment quality, if not rated.


105


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011, FGL’s fixed maturity available-for-sale portfolio was approximately $15.4 billion. The following table summarizes the credit quality, by NRSRO rating, of FGL’s fixed income portfolio (dollars in millions):
 
                 
    As of September 30, 2011  
Rating   Fair Value     Percent  
 
AAA
  $ 1,236       8.0 %
AA
    1,660       10.8 %
A
    4,886       31.8 %
BBB
    6,862       44.7 %
BB
    579       3.8 %
B and below
    144       0.9 %
                 
Total
  $ 15,367       100.0 %
                 
 
The NAIC’s Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) is responsible for the